x103 03/e cover p - jagrepair.comjagrepair.com/images/autorepairphotos/jagxk2003.pdf · the first...

152
BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH THE QUEEN MOTHER MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY Jaguar Cars Limited XK Range 2003 Model Year Electrical Guide Published by Parts and Service Communications Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 14 / 30

Upload: hoangngoc

Post on 19-Jul-2018

217 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

BY APPOINTMENT TOHER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II

MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARSJAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TOHER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH

THE QUEEN MOTHERMANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS

JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TOHIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES

MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARSJAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

Jaguar Cars Limited

XK Range2003 Model YearElectrical Guide

Published by Parts and Service Communications

Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 14 / 30

Page 2: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the
Page 3: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

1DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Table of Contents

Table of Contents: Figures ................................................................................................................... 2 – 3

Abbreviations and Acronyms ............................................................................................................... 4

Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ 5

Component Index ............................................................................................................................... 6

Component Index ............................................................................................................................... 7 – 9

Symbols and Codes ........................................................................................................................... 10 – 13

User Instructions ............................................................................................................................... 14 – 15

Network Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 16

Main Power Distribution ................................................................................................................... 17

Harness Layout ................................................................................................................................. 18 – 19

Ground Point Location ...................................................................................................................... 20

Relay and Fuse Box Location .............................................................................................................. 21

Control Module Location ................................................................................................................... 22 – 23

Control Module Pin Identification ...................................................................................................... 24 – 29

Electrical Guide Figures and Data ............................................................................ follows after page 29(pages are numbered by Figure number)

Appendix (SCP and CAN messages) ............................................................ follows after Figures and Data

Page 4: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

2 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Table of Contents: Figures

FIGURESFig. Description Variant

01 Power Distribution01.1 ............ Main Power Distribution ............................................................................ All Vehicles01.2 ............ Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 .............................................................. All Vehicles01.3 ............ Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 .............................................................. All Vehicles01.4 ............ Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) ..................................... All Vehicles01.5 ............ Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) ............................................. All Vehicles01.6 ............ Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ...................................... All Vehicles

02 Ground Distribution02.1 ............ Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ....................................................... All Vehicles

03 Battery; Starter; Generator03.1 ............ Battery; Starter; Generator ......................................................................... All Vehicles

04 Engine Management04.1 ............ 4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 1 ........................................................... All Vehicles04.2 ............ 4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 2 ........................................................... All Vehicles

05 Transmission05.1 ............ Automatic Transmission ............................................................................. All Vehicles

06 Chassis06.1 ............ Dynamic Stability Control .......................................................................... All Vehicles06.2 ............ Power Assisted Steering ............................................................................. All Vehicles06.3 ............ Suspension Adaptive Damping ................................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles06.4 ............ Adaptive Speed Control ............................................................................. Adaptive Speed Control Vehicles

07 Climate Control07.1 ............ Climate Control: Part 1 .............................................................................. All Vehicles07.2 ............ Climate Control: Part 2 .............................................................................. All Vehicles

08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings08.1 ............ Instrument Clusters ................................................................................... All Vehicles08.2 ............ Audible Warnings ...................................................................................... All Vehicles

09 Exterior Lighting09.1 ............ Exterior Lighting: Front .............................................................................. Non HID Headlamp Vehicles09.2 ............ Exterior Lighting: Front – HID .................................................................... HID Headlamp Vehicles09.3 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear ................................................................................ All Vehicles09.4 ............ Headlamp Leveling .................................................................................... Headlamp Leveling Vehicles

10 Interior Lighting10.1 ............ Interior Lighting ......................................................................................... All Vehicles10.2 ............ Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ....................................................................... All Vehicles

Page 5: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

3DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Table of Contents: Figures

FIGURESFig. Description Variant

11 Steering Column; Mirrors11.1 ............ Steering Column Movement ....................................................................... All Vehicles11.2 ............ Mirror Movement ...................................................................................... All Vehicles11.3 ............ Interior and Exterior Mirrors Tint; Fold-Back Mirrors .................................. All Vehicles

12 Seat Systems12.1 ............ Driver Seat: Memory .................................................................................. Memory Seat Vehicles12.2 ............ Driver Seat: Non Memory .......................................................................... Non Memory Seat Vehicles12.3 ............ Passenger Seat: 5-Way Movement .............................................................. 5-Way Movement Vehicles12.4 ............ Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement .............................................................. 3-Way Movement Vehicles

13 Locking / Security13.1 ............ Central Locking .......................................................................................... All Vehicles13.2 ............ Security System ......................................................................................... All Vehicles

14 Wash / Wipe System14.1 ............ Wash / Wipe System .................................................................................. All Vehicles

15 Window Lifts; Convertible Top15.1 ............ Window Lifts ............................................................................................. All Vehicles15.2 ............ Convertible Top ......................................................................................... Convertible Vehicles

16 In-Car Entertainment16.1 ............ In-Car Entertainment: Standard .................................................................. Standard ICE Vehicles16.2 ............ In-Car Entertainment: Premium ................................................................. Premium ICE Vehicles

17 Communications; Navigation17.1 ............ Telephone System: ROW ........................................................................... ROW Vehicles17.2 ............ Telephone System: NAS (Early Production Vehicles) .................................... Early Production NAS Vehicles17.3 ............ Telephone System: NAS (Later Production Vehicles) .................................... Later Production NAS Vehicles17.4 ............ Navigation System ..................................................................................... Navigation Vehicles17.5 ............ Navigation System with TV and VICS .......................................................... Japan Navigation Vehicles

18 Occupant Safety18.1 ............ Advanced Restraints System: Part 1 ............................................................ All Vehicles18.2 ............ Advanced Restraints System: Part 2 ............................................................ All Vehicles

19 Driver Assist19.1 ............ Parking Aid System .................................................................................... Parking Aid Vehicles

20 Ancillaries20.1 ............ Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; ............................................................... All Vehicles

Accessory Connectors; Garage Door Opener

21 Vehicle Multiplex Systems21.1 ............ Networks .................................................................................................. All Vehicles21.2 ............ Serial Data Link ......................................................................................... All Vehicles

Page 6: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

4 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Abbreviations and Acronyms

The following abbreviations and acronyms are used throughout this Electrical Guide:

A/C Air ConditioningA/CCM Air Conditioning Control Module

ACP Audio Control Protocol NetworkAPP SENSOR Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor

APP1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 1APP2 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 2

B+ Battery VoltageBANK 1 RH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 1, 3, 5, 7)BANK 2 LH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 2, 4, 6, 8)

BPM Body Processor ModuleCAN Controller Area Network

CKP SENSOR Crankshaft Position SensorCM Control Module

CMP SENSOR / 1 Camshaft Position Sensor / RH BankCMP SENSOR / 2 Camshaft Position Sensor / LH Bank

COUPE Coupe VehiclesCONV. Convertible Vehicles

DSC Dynamic Stability ControlECM Engine Control Module

ECT SENSOR Engine Coolant Temperature SensorEFT SENSOR Engine Fuel Temperature Sensor

EGR Exhaust Gas RecirculationEOT SENSOR Engine Oil Temperature Sensor

EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Close ValveEVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve

FTP SENSOR Fuel Tank Pressure SensorGPS Global Positioning SystemHID High Intensity Discharge

HO2 SENSOR 1 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – RH Bank / UpstreamHO2 SENSOR 1 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – RH Bank / DownstreamHO2 SENSOR 2 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – LH Bank / UpstreamHO2 SENSOR 2 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – LH Bank / Downstream

IAT SENSOR Intake Air Temperature SensorIC Instrument Cluster

ICE In-Car Entertainment SystemIMT VALVE / 1 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / TopIMT VALVE / 2 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Bottom

IP SENSOR Injection Pressure SensorKS / 1 Knock Sensor / RH BankKS / 2 Knock Sensor / LH Bank

LH Left HandLHD Left Hand Drive

MAF SENSOR Mass Air Flow SensorMAP SENSOR Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

N/A Normally AspiratedNAS North American Specification

PATS Passive Anti-Theft SystemPWM Pulse Width Modulated

RH Right HandRHD Right Hand Drive

ROW Rest of WorldSCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network

TCM Transmission Control ModuleTP SENSOR Throttle Position Sensor

TP1 Throttle Position Sensor Element 1TP2 Throttle Position Sensor Element 2

TURN Turn SignalTV TelevisionV8 V8 Engine

VICS Vehicle Information Control SystemVVT VALVE / 1 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 1VVT VALVE / 2 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 2

+ve Positive–ve Negative

Page 7: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

5DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Introduction

Electrical Guide Format

This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and aboutthe use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the Jaguar XK-TYPE electrical / electronic systems, aswell as the location and identification of components.

The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) andTitle, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.

It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with thesystem of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents should help to guide the user.

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)

VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:

VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.

Jaguar XK Range Electrical System Architecture

The vehicle electrical system is a ground side switched system. The ignition switch switches ground circuits on / off to complete system circuitsand apply power. Circuits that require ignition switch position control are supplied with “ignition switched grounds”. Both power grounds(high current consumers) and logic grounds (electronic switching circuits) are used throughout the system.

Three data networks are employed in the vehicle: a high speed Controller Area Network (CAN) for the engine, drive train and related systems,a Standard Corporate Protocol network (SCP) for the body systems, and an Audio Control Protocol network (ACP) for certain In-CarEntertainment and Telephone functions. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derivedfrom the network, or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of thisbook. In addition to the two networks, the vehicle uses a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics, security sounder operation and for theprogramming of certain control modules.

XK RANGE INSTRUMENT PANEL

Page 8: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

6 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Component Index

Accelerometer – Front Vertical ............................................... Fig. 06.3

Accelerometer – Lateral (Front) .............................................. Fig. 06.3

Accelerometer – Rear Vertical ................................................ Fig. 06.3

Accessory Connector – Fascia ................................................ Fig. 20.1

Accessory Connector – Trunk ................................................. Fig. 20.1

Accessory Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 01.4

Active Brake Booster Solenoid (Active Brake Booster) ............. Fig. 06.1

Adaptive Damping Control Module ........................................ Fig. 06.3

Adaptive Damping Control Module ........................................ Fig. 21.2

Adaptive Speed Control Control Module ................................ Fig. 06.4............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1

Adaptive Speed Limit Switch .................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2

Air Cleaner Solenoid Valve ..................................................... Fig. 04.2

Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ...................................... Fig. 04.2

Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Relay ............................. Fig. 04.2

Air Conditioning Control Module ........................................... Fig. 07.1............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2

Air Conditioning Control Panel .............................................. Fig. 07.1............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2

Air Conditioning Isolate Relay ................................................ Fig. 07.1

Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor ........................................... Fig. 04.2

Ambient Temperature Sensor ................................................. Fig. 07.1

Antenna Motor ...................................................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2

APP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 04.1

Aspirator Assembly ................................................................ Fig. 07.1

Audible Warning Speaker (Column Switchgear) ...................... Fig. 08.2

Auto Tilt Switch (Column Switchgear) ..................................... Fig. 11.1

Battery .................................................................................. Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1

Blower Air Intakes ................................................................. Fig. 07.1

Blower Motors ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2

Blower Motor Relays .............................................................. Fig. 07.2

Body Processor Module ......................................................... Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3............................................................................................. Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2

Brake Cancel Switch .............................................................. Fig. 04.2

Brake Fluid Reservoir ............................................................. Fig. 06.1

Brake On / Off Switch ............................................................ Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 06.3............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3

Brake Pressure Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 06.1

CD Auto-Changer .................................................................. Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4

Cellular Phone Control Module .............................................. Fig. 17.1............................................................................................. Fig. 17.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.3

Center Console Switch Pack ................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3

Cigar Lighter .......................................................................... Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

CKP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 04.1

CMP Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 04.1

Column Joy Stick (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 11.1

Convertible Top Switch .......................................................... Fig. 10.2

Convertible Top Switches ....................................................... Fig. 15.2

Cooling Fans .......................................................................... Fig. 04.2

Cooling Fan Module .............................................................. Fig. 04.2

Cooling Fans Fuse Box ........................................................... Fig. 01.1

Damper Solenoids ................................................................. Fig. 06.3

Data Link Connector .............................................................. Fig. 21.1............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2

Dimmer Control (Column Switchgear) .................................... Fig. 10.2

Dimmer Module .................................................................... Fig. 10.2

Diode (BT29) – Trunk Switch .................................................. Fig. 10.1

Dip Beam Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2

Door Ajar Switch – Driver ...................................................... Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2

Door Ajar Switch – Passenger ................................................. Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2

Door Control Module – Driver ............................................... Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1

Door Control Module – Passenger .......................................... Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1

Door Lock Actuators .............................................................. Fig. 13.1

Door Lock Switch – Passenger ................................................ Fig. 15.1

Door Lock Switches – Driver .................................................. Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1

Door Locking Relay ................................................................ Fig. 13.1

Door Memory Switch Pack – Driver ........................................ Fig. 11.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2

Door Mirrors ......................................................................... Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3

Door Mirror Heaters Relay ..................................................... Fig. 07.2

Door Mirror Motors ............................................................... Fig. 11.2

Driver Dual Airbag Igniters ..................................................... Fig. 18.1

Driver Seat Position Switch .................................................... Fig. 18.1

Driver Side Fuse Box .............................................................. Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 01.2............................................................................................. Fig. 01.5

DSC Control Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) .................. Fig. 06.1

Page 9: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

7DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Dynamic Stability Control Control Module ............................. Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.4............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1

ECM Cooling Fan ................................................................... Fig. 04.1

ECT Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 04.1

EFT Sensor ............................................................................. Fig. 04.1

EGR Valve ............................................................................. Fig. 04.1

Electronic Road Pricing Module ............................................. Fig. 20.1

Engine Compartment Fuse Box .............................................. Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3............................................................................................. Fig. 01.5............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

Engine Compartment Security Switch ..................................... Fig. 13.2

Engine Control Module .......................................................... Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 06.4............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2

Engine Coolant Level Switch .................................................. Fig. 08.1

Engine Management Fuse Box ................................................ Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3............................................................................................. Fig. 01.6

EOT Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1

Evap Canister Close Valve ...................................................... Fig. 04.1

Evap Canister Purge Valve ...................................................... Fig. 04.1

Evaporator / Heater Matrix Assembly ..................................... Fig. 07.1

External Trunk Release Switch ................................................ Fig. 13.1

Footwell Lamps ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1

Forward Alert Switch ............................................................. Fig. 06.4............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2

Front Fog Lamps .................................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2

Front Fog Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2

Front Lamp Units (NON-HID) ................................................ Fig. 09.1

FTP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 04.1

Fuel Fill Flap Solenoid ............................................................ Fig. 13.1

Fuel Injectors ......................................................................... Fig. 04.2

Fuel Level Sensor ................................................................... Fig. 08.1

Fuel Pump ............................................................................. Fig. 04.2

Fuel Pump Module ................................................................ Fig. 04.2

Garage Door Opener (Roof Console) ...................................... Fig. 20.1

Gearshift Interlock Solenoid ................................................... Fig. 05.1

Generator .............................................................................. Fig. 03.1

Glass Breakage Sensor ( Roof Console) .................................... Fig. 13.2

Glove Box Lamp .................................................................... Fig. 10.1

GPS Antenna – Navigation ..................................................... Fig. 17.4............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5

Hand Set ............................................................................... Fig. 17.1

Hand Set Receiver ................................................................. Fig. 17.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.3

Head Restraint Control Module – Driver ................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1

Head Restraint Control Module – Passenger ........................... Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1

Head Restraint Motor – Driver ............................................... Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

Head Restraint Motor – Passenger .......................................... Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4

Headlamp Leveling Actuators ................................................. Fig. 09.4

Headlamp Leveling Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) ........ Fig. 09.4

Heated Rear Window ............................................................ Fig. 07.2

Heated Rear Window Relay ................................................... Fig. 07.2

Heater Pump ......................................................................... Fig. 07.2

Heater Pump Relay ................................................................ Fig. 07.2

Heater Valve .......................................................................... Fig. 07.2

HID Headlamp Units ............................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.4............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2

High Power Protection Module .............................................. Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1

High-Mounted Stop Lamp ...................................................... Fig. 09.3

HO2 Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 04.1

HO2S Heater Relays .............................................................. Fig. 01.6

Horn Relay ............................................................................ Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

Horn Switches (Steering Wheel) ............................................. Fig. 20.1

Horns .................................................................................... Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

IAT Sensor 2 .......................................................................... Fig. 04.1

Ignition Coil Relay ................................................................. Fig. 04.2

Ignition Modules and Coils ..................................................... Fig. 04.2

Ignition Switch ....................................................................... Fig. 02.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1

Impact Sensor – Front ............................................................ Fig. 18.1

Inclination Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 13.2

Inertia Switch ........................................................................ Fig. 02.1

Intercooler Coolant Pump ...................................................... Fig. 04.2

Interior Rear View Mirror ....................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3

IP Sensor ............................................................................... Fig. 04.1

J Gate Illumination Module .................................................... Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1

Key Fob Antennas .................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2

Key Transponder Module ....................................................... Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2

Keylock Solenoid (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 05.1

Knock Sensors ....................................................................... Fig. 04.1

Latch Control Valve ............................................................... Fig. 15.2

Lighting Stalk (Column Switchgear) ......................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1

Component Index

Page 10: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

8 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Linear Switch Module ............................................................ Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1

MAF Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1

Main Beam Relay ................................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2

Main Control Valve ................................................................ Fig. 15.2

Major Instrument Cluster ....................................................... Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.4............................................................................................. Fig. 07.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1

MAP Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1

Microphone (Telephone) ........................................................ Fig. 17.1............................................................................................. Fig. 17.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.3

Minor Instrument Cluster ....................................................... Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2

Mirror Joy Stick (Driver Door Switch Pack) .............................. Fig. 11.2............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3

Navigation Control Module .................................................... Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5

Navigation Display ................................................................. Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5

Not-In-Park Switch ................................................................ Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1

Number Plate Lamps ............................................................. Fig. 09.3

Occupancy Sensing Control Module ....................................... Fig. 18.2

Oil Pressure Switch ................................................................ Fig. 08.1

Parking Aid Control Module ................................................... Fig. 19.1............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2

Parking Aid Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 19.1

Parking Aid Sounder .............................................................. Fig. 19.1

Parking Brake Switch ............................................................. Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5

Passenger Airbag Deactivated Indicator Lamp ......................... Fig. 18.2

Passenger Door Control Module ............................................ Fig. 11.2

Passenger Dual Airbag Igniters ............................................... Fig. 18.2

Passenger Seat Weight Pressure Sensor .................................. Fig. 18.2

Passenger Seat Weight Sensing Control Module ...................... Fig. 18.2

Passenger Side Fuse Box ........................................................ Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 01.2............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4

Pedal Force Switch (Active Brake Booster) .............................. Fig. 06.1

Pedal Travel Sensor (Active Brake Booster) ............................. Fig. 06.1

Position Alignment Switch ..................................................... Fig. 05.1

Power Amplifier .................................................................... Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5

Power Assisted Steering Control Module ................................ Fig. 06.2

Power Assisted Steering Converter ......................................... Fig. 06.2

Powerwash Pump .................................................................. Fig. 14.1

Powerwash Relay ................................................................... Fig. 14.1

Puddle Lamps ........................................................................ Fig. 10.1

Quarter Down Relays ............................................................. Fig. 15.2

Quarter Light Lifts .................................................................. Fig. 15.2

Quarter Up Relays ................................................................. Fig. 15.2

Radio / Cassette Head Unit .................................................... Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5

Radio Antenna ....................................................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2

Radio Control Switches (Steering Wheel) ................................ Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2

Rain Sensing Module ............................................................. Fig. 14.1

Rain Sensor (Interior Rear View Mirror) .................................. Fig. 14.1

Reader / Exciter Coil (Column Switchgear) .............................. Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2

Rear Fog Relay ....................................................................... Fig. 09.3

Rear Interior Lamp ................................................................. Fig. 10.1

Restraints Control Module ..................................................... Fig. 18.1............................................................................................. Fig. 18.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2

Ride Height Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 09.4

Roof Console ......................................................................... Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2

Seat Back Latch Switch – Driver .............................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

Seat Back Latch Switch – Passenger ........................................ Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4

Seat Back Tilt Switch – Driver ................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

Seat Back Tilt Switch – Passenger ........................................... Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4

Seat Belt Comfort Solenoid – Driver ....................................... Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

Seat Belt Comfort Solenoid – Passenger .................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4

Seat Belt Pretensioner Igniters ................................................ Fig. 18.1

Seat Belt Switch – Driver ........................................................ Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 18.1

Seat Belt Switch – Passenger ................................................... Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4............................................................................................. Fig. 18.1

Seat Control Module – Driver ................................................. Fig. 11.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1

Seat Control Module – Passenger ........................................... Fig. 11.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1

Seat Cushion Heater – Driver ................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

Seat Cushion Heater – Passenger ............................................ Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4

Seat Heater Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) ................... Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4

Seat Lumbar Pump – Driver ................................................... Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

Seat Lumbar Pump – Passenger .............................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4

Component Index

Page 11: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

9DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Seat Motors – Driver .............................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

Seat Motors – Passenger ........................................................ Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4

Security Active Indicator (J Gate Illumination Module) ............ Fig. 13.2

Security and Locking Control Module ..................................... Fig. 09.3............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1

Security Sounder – Active ...................................................... Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2

Security Sounder – Passive ..................................................... Fig. 13.2

Side Airbag Igniters ................................................................ Fig. 18.1

Side Impact Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 18.1

Side Markers – Front .............................................................. Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2

Side Markers – Rear ............................................................... Fig. 09.3

Side Turn Signal Repeaters ..................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2

Solar Sensor .......................................................................... Fig. 07.1

Spatial Sensors ....................................................................... Fig. 18.2

Speakers – Door (Mid-Bass) .................................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2

Speakers – Door (Tweeter) ..................................................... Fig. 16.2

Speakers – Fascia ................................................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2

Speakers – Side Rear (Convertible) .......................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2

Speakers – Side Rear Quarter (Coupe) .................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2

Speaker – Rear (Coupe) .......................................................... Fig. 16.2

Squab Heater – Driver ........................................................... Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

Squab Heater – Passenger ...................................................... Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4

Starter Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1

Starter Relay .......................................................................... Fig. 03.1

Steering Angle Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 06.1

Steering Column Motors ........................................................ Fig. 11.1

Steering Wheel Speed Control Switches .................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 06.4

Stop Lamp Relay .................................................................... Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3

Switch Pack – Center Console ................................................ Fig. 10.2

Switch Pack – Driver Door Memory ........................................ Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1

Switch Pack – Driver Seat ....................................................... Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

Switch Pack – Passenger Seat ................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4

Switch Pack – Driver Door ..................................................... Fig. 10.2

Switch Pack – Passenger Door ................................................ Fig. 10.2

Tail Lamp Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 09.3

Tail Lamp Units ..................................................................... Fig. 09.3

Telephone Antenna ............................................................... Fig. 17.1............................................................................................. Fig. 17.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.3

Television Antennas ............................................................... Fig. 17.5

Television Antenna Amplifier ................................................. Fig. 17.5

Television Module ................................................................. Fig. 17.5

Throttle Motor ....................................................................... Fig. 04.1

Throttle Motor Relay .............................................................. Fig. 04.1

Top Down Relay .................................................................... Fig. 15.2

Top Up Relay ......................................................................... Fig. 15.2

TP Sensor .............................................................................. Fig. 04.1

Transit Isolation Device .......................................................... Fig. 01.1

Transmission Capacitor .......................................................... Fig. 05.1

Transmission Control Module ................................................ Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.4............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1

Transmission Mode Switch ..................................................... Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2

Trip Computer Switch Pack .................................................... Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2

Trip Cycle Switch (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 08.1

Trunk and Fuel Fill Release Switches ...................................... Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1

Trunk Fuse Box ...................................................................... Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4............................................................................................. Fig. 01.5............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3

Trunk Lamps ......................................................................... Fig. 10.1

Trunk Release Solenoid .......................................................... Fig. 13.1

Trunk Switch ......................................................................... Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2

Valet Switch .......................................................................... Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2

Vanity Lamps ......................................................................... Fig. 10.1

Vehicle Information Control Beacon Module .......................... Fig. 17.5

Vehicle Information Control Infrared Sensor .......................... Fig. 17.5

Vehicle Information Control Module ...................................... Fig. 17.5

Vent Assembly ....................................................................... Fig. 07.1

VVT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 04.1

Wash / Wipe Stalk (Column Switchgear) ................................. Fig. 14.1

Wheel Speed Sensors ............................................................. Fig. 06.1

Window Lift Motors ............................................................... Fig. 15.1

Window Lift Switches ............................................................ Fig. 15.1

Windshield Heaters ............................................................... Fig. 07.2

Windshield Heater Relays ...................................................... Fig. 07.2

Windshield Wash Pump and Fluid Level Sensor ...................... Fig. 14.1

Wiper Fast / Slow Relay .......................................................... Fig. 14.1

Wiper Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 14.1

Wiper Run / Stop Relay .......................................................... Fig. 14.1

Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensors Cluster ................. Fig. 06.1

Component Index

Page 12: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

10 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Symbols and Codes

NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.

Reference Symbols

Reference symbols are used for three purposes:

• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground

• to refer the user to a related circuit

• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds

Battery Power Supply

This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.

Ignition Switched Power Supply

This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4, 01.5 or 01.6.

The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).

The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).

The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINECRANK) under ECM control.

Ignition Switched Ground

This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.

This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).

The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).

The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).

Figure Number Reference Flag

This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure.

As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the user matchesthe number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.

In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used to indicate parallelcircuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits.When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED).

BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags on Figures 01.2and 02.1 in order to conserve space.

Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)

Input Power ground Sensor/signal supply V * ACP SCP

Output Battery voltage Sensor/signal ground ** CAN Serial and encoded data

These nine symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules. The symbols identify controlmodule input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also employed on the corresponding data page.

* May also indicate Reference Voltage** May also indicate Reference Ground or Logic Ground.

Refer to Control Module Pin-Out Information.

X

XII

XE

XI

X XXI

XXII

XX.X BPM

I

O

P

B

+

A

C

S

D+

Page 13: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

11DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Symbols and Codes

Wiring Symbols

XX1XX1-X XX1-X

H

Wiring Harness Codes

AC Air Conditioning (Climate Control)AN Generator Suppression ModuleAS Generator to StarterBB Trunk Bridging LinkBC Main Power DistributionBL Trunk LidBT TrunkDD Door, DriverDP Door, PassengerEL Engine Management Side Marker LinkEM Engine ManagementFC FasciaFL LH Front WheelFR RH Front WheelIC In-Car EntertainmentIS Inclination Sensor LinkLF Left ForwardLL Power Steering LinkPI EngineQL Convertible LH Quarter Light LinkQR Convertible RH Quarter Light LinkRF RoofRH RearwardRL LH Rear WheelRR RH Rear WheelRT Radio TelephoneSA Starter to Generator LinkSC Column SwitchgearSD Seat, DriverSP Seat, PassengerSW Steering WheelTL Telephone

Wiring Color Codes

N Brown O OrangeB Black S SlateW White L LightK Pink U BlueG Green P PurpleR Red BRD BraidY Yellow

When a wire has two color code letters, the first letter indicates themain color and the subsequent letter indicates the tracer color.

Code Numbering

When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineer-ing uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because spaceis limited in this Electrical Guide, the codes have been shortened.Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc.

Splice

Simplified Splice

Bulb

Capacitor

Connector

Diode

Diode (in harness)

Eyelet and Stud

Fuse

Logic ground

Power ground

Hall effect sensor

Light emitting diode (LED)

Motor

Potentiometer

Pressure transducer

Resistor

Solenoid

Suppression Diode

Suppression Resistor

Thermistor

Transistor

Wire Continued

Zener Diode

Page 14: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

12 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Symbols and Codes

Connectors

HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER; for example: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)

Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).

EXAMPLES:

FC7-24 FC7-24 (LHD)FC7-15 (RHD)

Harness code

Connector number

Pin number

Splices

HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER; for example: RHS3 (no dash is used)

NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, in wires leading frominput components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to show wires from other circuits.

EXAMPLES:

RHS3 RHS3

Harness code

Splice

Splice number SIMPLIFIED SPLICE

Fuses

All fuses are located in the fuse boxes. Each fuse is identified by an “F” number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located.

EXAMPLE:F19 15A

Grounds

HARNESS CODE + GROUND STUD NUMBER + EYELET STUD POSITION (A,B,C) + EYELET DESIGNATION (S,L,R)

Eyelet stud positionThere may be up to three eyelets on one stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom),B – second (middle), C – third (top).

Eyelet designationTwo eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’, which is identified by an S; the eyeletpair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right).

S L R

SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR

LF1ARFC2S BT1CS

EXAMPLES:

Harness code

Ground stud number

Single leg eyelet

Harness code

Ground stud number

RH leg of eyelet

First eyelet on stud

Harness code

Ground stud number

Single leg eyelet

Third eyelet on stud

On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground code is shownin parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.

EXAMPLES:

EM2AR(EM1AR)

BT1ALLHD VehiclesRHD Vehicles

Same for LHD and RHD Vehicles

Page 15: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

13DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Symbols and Codes

Diodes

Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.

EXAMPLE:

Relays

Individual relays located outside of fuse boxes have a separate relay connector (base) and a unique connector number, which is shown withinthe relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay; the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Relayslocated within fuse boxes do not have a separate relay connector and are identified by an “R” number unique only to the fuse box in whichthey are located. All relays use the ISO pin numbering system (1, 2, 3, 4, 5).

EXAMPLE:

BT29BT29-1 BT29-2

FC24

3

2

5

1

4 R5

3

1

5

2

AC20

3

2

5

1

AC20

8

7

10

6

INDIVIDUAL RELAY(CHANGE-OVER RELAY SHOWN)

FUSE BOX RELAY(NORMALLY OPEN RELAY SHOWN)

Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this instance, the two relays share a common connector number, while the pinnumbers of the second relay are identified by the numbers 6 – 10.

EXAMPLE:

Networks

In most instances, networks are shown as a broken grey line to indicate that there is network communication between the depicted controlmodules. Refer to Figures 21.1 and 21.2 for circuit details.

EXAMPLE:

S

SIP5-2

IP5-120.2

20.2 20.2

IP10-1

IP10-2

S

SU

Y

U

Y20.2

SCP

MESSAGE(S)

MESSAGE(S)

MESSAGE(S)

MESSAGE(S)

CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

Component Depictions

EXAMPLE:

COMPLETE COMPONENTSAND CONTROL MODULES

INCOMPLETE COMPONENTS(EXCEPT CONTROL MODULES)

ASSEMBLIES ANDPOWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOXES

COMPONENTS WITHINTERNAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT

Page 16: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

14 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

User Instructions

Figure and Data Page Layout

Figure PagesEach Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 - Power Distribution,02 - Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Referto the Table of Contents: Figures for a complete list of the Figures.

The Figures 01 - Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the userto a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailedPower Distribution information on each of the Figures. The reference symbols are defined on page 10.

Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The usermust fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.

Data PagesThe Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information issupplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.

When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.

Most circuits that incorporate a control module include pinout information. The characteristics listed are approximately those that can beexpected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. This informationis provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

Page 17: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

15DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

User Instructions

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR ANDGROUND INFORMATION

DATE OF ISSUE

DATA PAGE

FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER

KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE ANDDATE OF ISSUE

FIGURE PAGE

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 03.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY BT66 EYELET TRUNK / RH SIDE

BT67 EYELET

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

GENERATOR PI50 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONTST11 EYELET

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERYBT61 EYELETBT62 EYELETBT63 EYELET

IGNITION SWITCH FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 20-WAY / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY

READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC12 3-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE

STARTER MOTOR ST3 EYELET ENGINE BLOCKST10 EYELET

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationSTARTER RELAY EM50 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

EM60 2-WAY / BLACK / STARTER LINK HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD

PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

GROUNDS

Ground LocationBT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II) : GROUND

I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-67 KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-72 ENGINE START REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

D FC14-73 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

D FC14-92 OK TO FUEL SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

Engine Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI EM80-06 ENGINE CRANK: B+

I EM80-10 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED

I EM80-31 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

O EM80-41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EM80-79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING:

C EM80-123 CAN –

C EM80-124 CAN +

Key Transponder Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicD FC22-07 READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D FC22-08 READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D FC22-09 OK TO FUEL: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

SG FC22-12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I FC22-14 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II): GROUND

D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

Major Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ FC25-01 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

SG FC25-04 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

C FC25-11 CAN +

S FC25-13 SCP +

S FC25-14 SCP –

I FC25-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG FC25-16 POWER GROUND: GROUND

C FC25-23 CAN –

Transmission Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO GB2-10 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

G

Y21.1

21.1

EM80-124

EM80-123

BKFC87-1FC87-3FCS47

BK

FC3BR

I

II

III

OFC4-4

FC4-1GO

FC4-5

FC14-73

FC14-41

IGO

FC14-80

N15

1

BKFCS48

FC3BL

BK

500A

BT68

BBT67 BT66 BT60 BT63

BT61

BT62

R

B

B

250A

B

BT80

BST1

01.1

01.1

EM80-41

I

O

WRNW

G

79

WREM60-2

ST10

ST3

B 6

ST11

B

PI50-3

PI50-2

WU48II

WR

Y

WR

B

O

FC22-17

D WR D

WUFC22-14

FC14-72

GO

EM80-31

GI

STS1

B

P

73

PI50-1

YPI1-11EM80-79

I

B

FC14-33

RG8II

I

FC14-32

WR I15I

B

B

EM80-10

GU I7II P, N

OP, NG

GB2-10

EMS29

3II

O

GO

O

EM80-6 EM1-15

EM50

3

1

5

2

FC14-67

I

FC14-58

IYB

+C

C

I

G

YFC25-11

FC25-23

+

C

C

FC25-14

S

FC25-13

S Y

U—

+

S

SY

UFC14-84

FC14-85

+

21.1

21.1

FC25-15

R14

BFC25-16

FC4BR(FC2BR)

BKFC25-4

FC25-1

WG33II

FC3BL

FCS48

FCS49

B

BK

B

P

B

21.1

21.1

FC22-7

FC22-8SC1-4

SC1-3

O

OGSC12-2

SC12-1

B

B

D

D

O

OG

21.1

21.1

FC22-12

FC3BR

BKFCS47

BK

FC14-92FC22-9

D YB D

Battery; Starter; Generator Battery; Starter; Generator Fig. 03.1

All Vehicles

BATTERY HIGH POWERPROTECTION MODULE

KEY-IN

IGNITION SWITCH

READER / EXCITERCOIL

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR KEY TRANSPONDERMODULE

NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH

PASSIVEANTI-THEFT

SYSTEM

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

APPLIED ONLY WHENINERTIA SWITCH IS TRIPPED

PATS;GENERATOR

WARNING

ENGINESTART

REQUEST

ENGINECRANK

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

VIA INERTIA SWITCH

SECURITYSTATUS

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

FAULT;CHARGE WARNING

GENERATOR

STARTER RELAY

FALSE BULKHEADSTUD CONNECTOR

STARTER MOTOR

OK TO FUEL

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

Page 18: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

16 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Network Configuration

CAN

SCP

ACTIVESECURITY SOUNDER

(ROW ONLY)

KEY TRANSPONDERMODULE

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE

PARKING AIDCONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVEDAMPING

CONTROL MODULE

LH HIDHEADLAMPUNIT

RH HIDHEADLAMP UNIT

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

DYNAMICSTABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVESPEED CONTROL

CONTROL MODULE

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

LINEAR SWITCHMODULE

J GATEILLUMINATION

MODULE

MAJORINSTRUMENT

CLUSTER

BODYPROCESSOR

MODULE

DRIVERHEAD RESTRAINT

CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

SECURITY ANDLOCKING

CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGERHEAD RESTRAINT

CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

SERIAL DATA LINK

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

SERIAL DATA LINK

CAN NETWORK

SCP NETWORK

NOTE: TYPICAL XK RANGE NETWORK CONFIGURATION (FULL OPTION SET).REFER TO FIGURES 21.1 AND 21.2 FOR CIRCUIT DETAILS.

Page 19: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

17DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Main Power Distribution

BT61

FC90FC93

EM70

LF14

BES40

EM70

BT80ST1

ST3

ST11LF70

FC90FC92

FC91FC91

BT79

BT65

BT60

BT64

BT68

BT67

BT66

BT62BT63

+

RHD

RHD

BES41

ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX

ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX (RHD)

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD)PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)

TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR

HIGH POWERPROTECTION MODULE

BATTERY

TRUNK FUSE BOX

GENERATOR

STARTERMOTOR

FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR

ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX (LHD)

PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD)DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)

COOLING FANSFUSE BOX

Page 20: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

18 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Harness Layout

PI1PI2

LF41

LF3LF40LF102

DD1

SD1 SP1

PT1RH1RH2RH9RH12RH13RH14

LF1LF2LF59LF60

SC1SC2SC3

SW1SW2SW10

RF1RF5RZ1

IC4 RH5 RH6

BT1BT2BT3BT58

BB1

BL1BT72 BT73

IC1IC2IC3

AC16AC12AC13AC14AC15

EM1EM2EM3 DP1

LF3

FC3FC4

FC6

RH2 RH1

BT1

BT2

BT3

FC5

FC1FC2

LF2

EM2 EM1

LF1

LF42

LHD

LL1 EL6EM60

FRONT OF VEHICLE

FL – LH FRONT WHEEL

PI – ENGINE

LF – LEFT FORWARD

AC – AIR CONDITIONING(CLIMATE CONTROL)

DD – DRIVER’S DOOR

SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

SW – STEERING WHEEL

IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT

SD – DRIVER’S SEAT

QL – CONVERTIBLELH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

RL – LH REAR WHEEL

BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK

FR – RH FRONT WHEEL

ST – STARTER LINK

LL – POWER STEERING LINK

EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENTSIDE MARKER LINK

EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT

DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR

RF – ROOF

FC – FASCIA

SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT

RH – REARWARD

QR – CONVERTIBLERH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

RR – RH REAR WHEEL

BL – TRUNK LID

BT – TRUNK

Page 21: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

19DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

PI1PI2

LF41

LF3LF40LF102

DD1

SD1SP1

PT1RH1RH2RH9RH12RH13RH14

LF1LF2LF59LF60

SC1SC2SC3

SW1SW2SW10

RF1RF5RZ1

IC4 RH5 RH6

BT1BT2BT3BT58

BB1

BL1BT72 BT73

IC1IC2IC3

AC16AC12AC13AC14AC15

EM1EM2EM3DP1

LF3

FC3FC4

FC6

RH2 RH1

BT1

BT2

BT3

FC5

FC1 FC2

LF2

EM2

LF1

LF42

RHD

EM1

EL6EM60

Harness Layout

FRONT OF VEHICLE

FL – LH FRONT WHEEL

PI – ENGINE

LF – LEFT FORWARD

AC – AIR CONDITIONING(CLIMATE CONTROL)

DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR

FC – FASCIA

IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT

SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT

QL – CONVERTIBLELH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

RL – LH REAR WHEEL

BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK

FR – RH FRONT WHEEL

ST – STARTER LINK

EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENTSIDE MARKER LINK

EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT

DD – DRIVER’S DOOR

SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

SW – STEERING WHEEL

RF – ROOF

SD – DRIVER’S SEAT

RH – REARWARD

QR – CONVERTIBLERH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

RR – RH REAR WHEEL

BL – TRUNK LID

BT – TRUNK

Page 22: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

20 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Ground Point Location

LF2

EM2

LF3

FC3

FC4

FC6

RH3

RH2

BT3

BT2

BT1

BT68

RH1

FC5

FC2

FC1

CE2

EM1

LF1

PI1

(QUIET GROUND)

(KEYFOB ANTENNA)

RADIO ANTENNA GROUND

BATTERY GROUND

Page 23: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

21DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Relay and Fuse Box Location

ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX RELAYS

Engine compartment fuse box

R7 – Ignition positive relay

R6 – Horn relay

CONTROL MODULEENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)

Bank 1 O2S heater relay

Bank 2 O2S heater relay

Engine management fuse box

* Ignition coil relay

Throttle motor relay

EMS control relay

R5 – Main beam relay (non-HID); Dip beam relay (HID)

R4 – Powerwash relayR3 – Dip beam relay (non-HID);

Main beam relay (HID)R2 – Front fog relay

R1 – Heater pump relay

LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

A/C compressor clutch relay

Wiper RUN/STOP relay

Wiper FAST/SLOW relay

LH FASCIA RELAYS

Ignition positive relay (LHD)Auxiliary positive relay (RHD)

Door mirror heater relay

Driver side fuse box (LHD)Passenger side fuse box (RHD)

DRIVESHAFT TUNNELRELAYS

LH blower motor relay

RH blower motor relay

CONTROL MODULEENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)

Engine management fuse box

Bank 2 O2S heater relay

Bank 1 O2S heater relay

Throttle motor relay

Ignition coil relay *

EMS control relay

RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

Starter relay

LH windshield heater relay

RH windshield heater relay

RH FASCIA RELAYS

Auxiliary positive relay (LHD)Ignition positive relay (RHD)

Door locking relay

Air conditioning isolate relay

Passenger side fuse box (LHD)Driver side fuse box (RHD)

TRUNK RELAYS

Top up relay

Top down relay

LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay

RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay

Trunk fuse box

R7 – Ignition positive relay

R6 – Accessory relay

R5 – Stop lamp relay

R1 – Rear fog relay

R2 – Heated rear window relay

R3 – Tail lamp relay

* Early production vehicles only. * Early production vehicles only.

Page 24: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

22 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Control Module Location

LHD

ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROLCONTROL MODULE

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

J GATEILLUMINATION MODULE

DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE

CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONTROL MODULE

OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE

DIMMER MODULE

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

RAIN SENSING MODULE

PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

NOTE: THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE IS CONTAINED WITHIN THE TRANSMISSION.

Page 25: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

23DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Control Module Location

RHD

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

RAIN SENSING MODULE

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

J GATEILLUMINATION MODULE

PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE

CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROLCONTROL MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONTROL MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

DIMMER MODULE

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE

DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

NOTE: THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE IS CONTAINED WITHIN THE TRANSMISSION.

Page 26: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

24 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Control Module Pin Identification

107

G10

8N

109

OY

110

OG

111

B11

2B

W11

3B

G11

4B

O11

5B

G11

6B

117

BW

118

BG

119

BO

120

BG

81 B82 B

83 R84 Y

85 YU

86 —87 G

U88 G

R89 G

O90 GW

91 B92 U

93 Y

55 UY

56 UY

57 YU

58 YG

59 Y60 Y

R61 G

B62 GW

63 GO

64 GU

65 WR

66 UY

67 O

29 B30 B

31 GR

32 —33 W

G34 RW

35 —36 Y

37 P38 B

39 —40 U

41 O

1 RU

2 RU

3 —4 B

5 B6 GO

7 W8 U

9 U10 G

U11 —

12 OY

13 OY

14 OG

121

WU

122

—12

3G

124

Y12

5—

126

—12

7Y

128

N12

9N

130

BR

131

YG

132

YG

133

—13

4G

W

94 G95 N

96 —97 —

98 N99 N

100

BG

101

—10

2R

103

Y10

4R

G10

5O

106

R

68 B69 O

70 UY

71 O72 YG

73 U74 —

75 N76 G

77 —78 YG

79 Y80 G

42 —43 BG

44 GW

45 BW

46 BW

47 YR

48 YG

49 WU

50 YG

51 W52 G

R53 —

54 B

15 —16 —

17 BK

18 BK

19 BG

20 BG

21 —22 N

R23 W

G24 W

G25 W

26 —27 W

28 —

EM

80

12 WR

13 B

14 B15 GW

16 OY

17 U18 GW

19 BW

20 BK

21 O22 —

1W

U2

GW

3 WR

4W

U5

NW

6 RW

7 U8 U

9 UY

10 W11 —

7 Y8 YR

9 —10 —

11 U12 W

U

1 UY

2 Y3 YG

4 —5 OY

6 U

14 —15 —

16 GR

17 RW

18 GU

19 RU

20 YR

21 Y22 N

R23 —

24 —25 O

26 GU

1 RG

2 U

3 UY

4 UY

5 GR

6 RW

7 UY

8 RW

9 —10 O

11 YG

12 —13 U

Y14 —

15 U16 GU

1 OG

2 RG

3 Y4 —

5 YB

6 YG

7 OG

8 GO

9 R10 —

11 —12 O

Y13 U

Y

AC

4A

C3

AC

2A

C1

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

EM

80 /

BLA

CK

AIR

CO

ND

ITIO

NIN

G C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

AC

4 /

GR

EY

AC

3 /

GR

EY

AC

2 /

GR

EY

AC

1 /

GR

EY

Page 27: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

25DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

BT

69

19 —20 BG

21 U22 R

23 —24 OG

25 U26 OG

27 NW

28 W29 —

30 O31 O

Y32 O

33 GU

34 OY

35 —

1 YR

2 —3 OY

4 —5 —

6 —7 —

8 —9 —

10 O11 W

R12 —

13 R14 OG

15 OG

16 —17 —

18 B

LF

37

16 B 47 B

14 —15 G

30 YR

31 NR

45 R46 W

12 —13 —

28 NG

29 W

43 Y44 —

10 —11 Y

26 NW

27 WG

41 —42 O

8 U9 UY

24 WU

25 W

39 —40 YU

6 U7 R

22 —23 —

37 W38 R

4W

U5 BK

20 WB

21 —

35 —36 U

2 —3 Y

18 YB

19 NW

33 Y34 G

1 NR

17 WR

32 NW

5 — 11 —

3 —4 G

9 —10 Y

6 — 12 YU

1N

W2 B

7 WR

8 —

LF61

Control Module Pin Identification

DY

NA

MIC

ST

AB

ILIT

Y C

ON

TR

OL C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

LF37 /

BLA

CK

AD

AP

TIV

E D

AM

PIN

G C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

BT

69 /

BLA

CK

AD

AP

TIV

E S

PE

ED

CO

NT

RO

L C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

LF61 /

BLA

CK

TOP

Page 28: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

26 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Control Module Pin Identification

MA

JO

R IN

ST

RU

ME

NT

CLU

ST

ER

1W

G2 RG

3 YR

4 BK

5 —6 RU

7 YB

8 UY

9 R10 Y

11 Y12 —

13 Y

14 U15 R

16 B17 RW

18 Y19 O

20 UY

21 RU

22 U23 G

24 G25 B

R26 —

13 BW

12 RU

11 G10 O

9 Y8 RG

7 OG

6 U5 OY

4 YG

3 RW

2 RW

1 R

26 OY

25 —24 —

23 OG

22 RW

21 RG

20 OY

19 G18 O

G17 O

Y16 Y

15 UY

14 RW

FC

25

FC

26

FC

25 /

BLA

CK

FC

26 /

YE

LLO

W

Page 29: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

27DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Control Module Pin Identification

BO

DY

PR

OC

ES

SO

R M

OD

ULE

FC

14

79 NG

80 N81 G

R82 G

R83 G

B84 U

85 Y86 OG

87 Y88 YG

89 GR

90 BG

91 BW

53 R54 G

55 YU

56 OY

57 —58 YB

59 Y60 RW

61 WG

62 GU

63 Y64 —

65 —

27 GO

28 RW

29 Y30 U

31 Y32 W

R33 RG

34 GO

35 G36 GW

37 GR

38 RU

39 YU

1 BG

2G

W3 W

4 GU

5 YR

6 UY

7 —8 BW

9 GU

10 YR

11 YB

12 W13 GO

92 YB

93 Y94 G

95 RU

96 N97 W

G98 G

B99 U

Y10

0B

R10

1R

W10

2N

103

—10

4N

W

66 RU

67 O68 OG

69 O70 GW

71 YR

72 GO

73 WR

74 RW

75 —76 GO

77 GU

78 U

40 WU

41 GO

42 Y43 BG

44 U45 U

46 —47 —

48 OG

49 —50 GW

51 RW

52 BW

14 O15 W

U16 RW

17 OY

18 YB

19 WG

20 OG

21 YU

22 WB

23 WU

24 NW

25 B26 YG

13 RW

12 RW

11 —10 BK

9 —8

GW

7 YU

6 RU

5 RW

4 —3

GW

*2 —

1 —

26 YR

25 —24 —

23 —22 —

21 —20 —

19 YR

18 —17 —

16 —15 —

14 —

8 Y7 OG

6 NR

5 Y4

GW

*3 U*

2 O1 O

16 U15 NW

14 BK

13 BK

12 —11 —

10 UY

*9

GR

*

5 RU

4 RU

3 RG

2 U1 OY

10 R9 RW

8 R7 UY

6 O

BT

41

BT

42

BT

40

10 —9 YB

8 OG

7 O6 O

5 —4 NR

3 —2 —

1 YB

20 —19 —

18 —17 W

R16 O

15 —14 W

U13 W

R12 BK

11 —

FC

22

FC

14 /

GR

EY

SE

CU

RIT

Y A

ND

LO

CK

ING

CO

NT

RO

L M

OD

ULE

BT

42 /

BLA

CK

BT

41 /

BLA

CK

BT

40 /

BLA

CK

KE

Y T

RA

NS

PO

ND

ER

MO

DU

LE

FC

22 /

GR

EE

N

* C

on

vert

ible

veh

icle

s o

nly

.

Page 30: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

28 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Control Module Pin Identification

RE

ST

RA

INT

S C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

DD

11

DD

10

7 BR

6W

U5 GU

4 NG

3 YR

2 U1 NR

15 WG

14 —13 —

12 OY

11 —10 W

B9 Y

8 —

22 UY

21 O20 GW

19 —18 —

17 O16 —

7 O6 YB

5 Y4 UY

3 U2 BW

1 N

15 OY

14 GW

13 UY

12 RW

11 U10 BG

9 U8 BK

22 OG

21 RU

20 WU

19 GB

18 BO

17 B16 Y

DP

11

DP

10

7 —6 —

5 GU

4 —3 —

2 —1 —

15 —14 —

13 —12 —

11 —10 —

9 —8 —

22 —21 —

20 GW

19 —18 —

17 —16 —

7 O6 YB

5 Y4 UY

3 U2 BW

1 N

15 OY

14 GW

13 UY

12 RW

11 U10 BG

9 U8 BK

22 OG

21 RU

20 WU

19 —18 BO

17 B16 Y

9 —10 —

19 OY

20 YU

29 WU

30 GU

39 —40 —

7 —8 —

17 O18 U

27 W28 G

29 W30 G

27 WU

28 GU

37 —38 —

5 —6 —

15 —16 —

25 YU

26 YG

35 —36 —

3 —4 —

13 —14 —

23 BW

24 RW

33 RW

34 BW

1 U2 O

21 UY

22 OY

31 RW

32 BW

5N

W6 NG

11 O12 W

17 YR

18 —

23 —24 —

3 RW

4 BW

15 Y16 BK

21 —22 BW

1 WR

2 RU

13 RW

14 BW

19 YB

20 —

FC

10

FC

8FC

9

13 —26 —

11 U12 O

24 U25 O

9 —10 —

22 W23 BK

7 R8 G

20 N21 Y

5W

G6 U

18 W19 O

3 W4 Y

16 —17 —

1W

U2 G

14 —15 —

FC

8 /

BLA

CK

FC

9 /

BLA

CK

(RH

D)

OC

CU

PA

NC

Y S

EN

SIN

G M

OD

ULE

FC

10 /

YE

LLO

W

DR

IVE

R D

OO

R C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

DD

11 /

BLA

CK

DD

10 /

BLU

E

PA

SS

EN

GE

R D

OO

R C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

DP

11 /

BLA

CK

DP

10 /

BLU

E

Page 31: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003

29DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Control Module Pin Identification

DR

IVE

R S

EA

T C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

14 WU

15 YG

16 —17 —

18 WR

19 YB

20 —21 —

22 —23 —

24 —25 —

26 —

1W

G2 BG

3 —4 —

5 W6 WB

7 —8 Y

9 —10 W

R11 W

12 BO

13 —

9 UY

10 OY

11 W12 W

G13 GU

14 GR

15 GW

16 NR

1 GO

2 NB

3 O4 R

5 G6 GR

7W

U8 WR

6 —7 —

8 G9 Y

10 U

1 BO

2 B3 OG

4 UY

5 NR

SD

3S

D4

SD

5

9 UY

10 OY

11 W12 W

G13 W

14 WG

15 GW

16 NR

1 GO

2 NG

3 O4 R

5 G6 GR

7W

U8 WR

6 —7 —

8 —9 Y

10 U

1 —2 B

3 OG

4 UY

5 NR

SP

3S

P5

SD

22

2 —1 N

10 WG

9 NG

4 RU

3 OG

12 YU

11 W

6 G5 UY

14 Y13 U

8 B7 B

16 BW

15 BG

SP

22

2 —1 N

10 WG

9 NG

4 RU

3 OG

12 YU

11 W

6 G5 UY

14 Y13 U

8 —7 B

16 BW

15 BG

SD

3 /

BLA

CK

SD

4 /

BLA

CK

SD

5 /

BLA

CK

DR

IVE

R H

EA

D R

ES

TR

AIN

TC

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

SD

22 /

BLA

CK

PA

SS

EN

GE

R S

EA

T C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

SP

3 /

BLA

CK

SP

5 /

BLA

CK

PA

SS

EN

GE

R H

EA

D R

ES

TR

AIN

TC

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

SP

22 /

BLA

CK

Page 32: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 01.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY BT66 EYELET TRUNK / RH SIDE

BT67 EYELET

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

COOLING FANS FUSE BOX LF14 1-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT /LF15 1-WAY / BLACK TOP OF LH SHOCK ABSORBER TOWER

FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE FC5 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDEFC6 10-WAY / BLACKFC90 EYELETFC92 EYELETFC94 EYELET

FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET

FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSUREEM20 10-WAY / BLACKEM70 EYELET

FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE FC20 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / PASSENGER SIDEFC21 10-WAY / BLACKFC90 EYELETFC93 EYELET

FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT11 10-WAY / BLACKBT12 10-WAY / GREENBT13 10-WAY / BLUEBT64 EYELET

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERYBT61 EYELETBT62 EYELETBT63 EYELET

TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE BT44 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERYBT49 1-WAY / BLACK

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationBT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

Ground LocationBT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD

Page 33: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

500A

BT68

B

BT49

BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63

BT61

BT62

R

B

B

250A

B

WR B

FC21-6

BT79

FC91

B

B

BT65

BT64 FC90

B

FC93

WU

FC6-6

2II

B

FC92 FC90

(RHD)

(LHD)

B B

LF70

U

EM20-6

B

EM70

04.1

BT80

BST1

03.1

25 A

BT44-1

BT44-2

NR

NW

RG

LF7-9

9II

RG

BT12-9

6

1II

R

10II

1

3

2

5

1

22I

3

2

5

1

3 44II

07.2

09.1

09.1

14.1

09.1

3

2

5

1

55E

11I

3II

13.2

09.3

07.2

09.3

09.3

01.4 20.1

3

1

5

2

3

1

5

2

B

FC14-97

WG

FC14-32

WR15I

5II

WUFC14-15

RH2-20

BT2-14

WG WG

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

I

I

O

BES40

B+(BT66)

N

FC94

20.1

P

80A

BLF14 LF15

04.27

BES41

8

BG

15.1

15.1

51

26

09.2

09.2

09.204.2

Main Power Distribution Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1

All Vehicles

BATTERY HIGH POWERPROTECTION MODULE

TUNNELSTUD CONNECTOR

FALSE BULKHEADSTUD CONNECTOR

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE –WINDOW LIFT OPERATION

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

COOLING FANSFUSE BOX

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE –WINDOW LIFT OPERATION

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

BATTERY POST

TRANSITISOLATION DEVICE

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

VIAINERTIASWITCH

IGNITION POSITIVERELAY

RELAYS

IGN

ITIO

N P

OW

ER B

US

BAT

TERY

PO

WER

BU

S

TRUNK FUSE BOX

VIAINERTIASWITCH

AUXILIARY POSITIVERELAY

IGN

ITIO

N A

UX

ILIA

R Y P

OW

ER B

US

BAT

TERY

PO

WER

BU

S

PASSENGER SIDEFUSE BOX

IGNITION POSITIVERELAY

IGN

ITIO

N P

OW

ER B

US

BAT

TERY

PO

WER

BU

S

DRIVER SIDEFUSE BOX

VIAINERTIASWITCH

IGNITION POSITIVERELAY

RELAYS

IGN

ITIO

N P

OW

ER B

US

BAT

TERY

PO

WER

BU

S

ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX

EMS CONTROLRELAY

ENG

INE

MA

NA

GEM

ENT

POW

ER B

US

BAT

TERY

PO

WER

BU

S

ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX

ECM CONTROL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

Page 34: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 01.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE FC5 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE

FC6 10-WAY / BLACKFC90 EYELETFC92 EYELETFC94 EYELET

FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE FC20 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / PASSENGER SIDEFC21 10-WAY / BLACKFC90 EYELETFC93 EYELET

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationAC12 20-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

AC16 8-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

BT58 4-WAY / BLACK / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM

DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

RH14 2-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT

SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

Page 35: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

NR

NR

NR

NW

NW

NW

NW

NW

NW

NR

FCS81 AC16-1 (LHD)AC15-20 (RHD)

23

F1 20A FC6-1

NR 11.3

F2 10A FC6-5

NW 07.2

F3 30A FC6-3

NG

14.1

FC6-8

F5 15A FC5-9

NBPM

F6 5A FC5-10

NR

06.1

F7 15A FC5-4

NW

F8 10A FC5-7

NR11.1

F11 20A FC6-2

07.2

F15 25A FC5-3

NR

29

10.1

F17 10A FC5-1

NG

31

20.1

F4 5A

R

33

08.1

F9

F13 5A

NRSD1-2

LF1-2014.1

14.1

NG

NG

NG

LFS20

13.2

13.2

12.1

12.1

NRNR

NR

NR

NR

N

NN

AC16-3 (LHD)AC15-2 (RHD)

NW (LHD) NG (RHD)

30

01.1

NR

NR

NR

NR NR

N

32

20.1

NG NG NG

NG

NR

NG

RF1-7

SD1-5

FCS5

FCS19

SDS8

NW

NW

N

RH2-8

RH14-2

DD1-22

BT2-8

BT58-2FCS40

R

F1 20A FC21-1

F2 10A FC21-5

F3 FC21-3

F4 5A FC21-8

F5 5A FC20-9

F6 10A FC20-10

F7 20A FC20-4

F8 10A FC20-7

F11 20A FC21-2

F15 25A FC20-3

F17 15A FC20-1

F13 10A

F9 10A FC20-2

FC21-4

FCS89

SP1-2

11.2

11.2

10.1

10.2

10.2

07.2

34

11.3

35

13.1

36

13.1

15.1

15.1

15.1

13.1

17.1

01.1

NR

NW

NR

NW

N

N

NR

NG (LHD) NW (RHD)

NW

NG

NR

NW

NW

NW

NW

NW

NR

07.1

07.1

NW NW

NW

N

12.3

12.3

NN

N

16.1NR

NW

NW

NW

NW

N

NW

NG

NR

NR

FC5-2

FC6-4

DPS2DP1-4

DD1-4

AC13-14 ACS3

DDS2

AC12-20FCS23

SPS8SP1-5

IC2-13

FCS82

AC15-2 (LHD)AC16-3 (RHD)

AC15-20 (LHD)AC16-1 (RHD)

RH2-13

DP1-22

BT2-2

FCS88

09.1 09.2

BPM

BPM

11.1

12.1 12.2

12.1 12.2 12.3

20.1

BPM

12.2

12.2

11.2 11.3 12.1 13.1 13.2 15.1

NW (LHD) NG (RHD)

12.3

12.1

11.3 15.1

13.2 15.1

16.2

NG (LHD) NW (RHD)

11.2 13.1 13.2 15.1

11.1

11.1

10.1

12.4

15.1

12.4

12.4

15.1

12.4

NW NW 21.1ICS5

NRNR

16.1

17.2

16.2

21.2

9

10

12

11

22

13

19

14

15

16

17

18

21

20

23

27

28

26

25

24

44

45

40

38

41

42

43

52

50

49

47

46

37

48

51

09.3

03.1

17.3

Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 Fig. 01.2

All Vehicles

BA

TTER

Y P

OW

ER B

US

DRIVER SIDEFUSE BOX

BA

TTER

Y P

OW

ER B

US

PASSENGER SIDEFUSE BOX

NOTE: Body Processor Moduleappears in numerous Figures.

Page 36: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 01.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT

LF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET

FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSUREEM20 10-WAY / BLACKEM70 EYELET

FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT11 10-WAY / BLACKBT12 10-WAY / GREENBT13 10-WAY / BLUEBT64 EYELET

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationBT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY

PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

RH12 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

Page 37: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

BTS36

IC4-1

1

F1 5A BT13-7

F2 20A BT13-1

F9 10A BT11-3

F10 10A BT13-2

F12 20A (CONV.) BT12-3

F14 40A (CONV.) BT13-4

F18 30A BT10-1

F20 20A (CONV.) BT10-3

F22 5A BT10-2

09.3

15.2

15.2

15.2

15.2

06.3

16.1

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

NW NW

16.2

16.2

13.1

BTS42

NG

NG

NG

NG

NG

NGIC4-2

15.2

15.2

15.2

NWNW

BTS32

NG

NGNG

15.2

15.2

BTS4

NR

NRNR

15.2

13.2

BTS31

NR

NRNR

4 5

F9 10A LF6-3

F10 LF8-2

F12 LF7-3

F14 LF8-4

F16 30A LF7-4

F18 30A LF5-1

F20 LF5-3

F22 5A

NW

06.1NW

06.1NR

03.1

LF5-2

F1 30A EM20-1

F2 EM20-5

F3 25A EM20-3

NW

F4 5A EM20-8

NR

F5 10A EM19-9

NW

F6 EM19-10

F7 EM19-4

F8 10A EM19-7

NG

F9 20A EM19-2

NG

F11 30A EM20-2

F13 EM20-4

F15 30A EM19-3

NG

F17 30A EM19-1

NR

05.1

04.2

EMS41

NR

NR

04.1

NW

NW

07.2

07.2

(COUPE)

(CONV.)

04.2

04.1

11.3 15.2

16.2

13.2

WRW 03.1

NG

NG

NG

NR

YG 01.6YG

NRBT12-4

BT1-3

F16 5A BTS44

ICS11

RH12-10

IC4-10

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

NG

17.4

17.5

17.4

17.5

17.5

17.5

06.4NW

YR 01.6YR

79

7874

76

75

86

85

87

82

84

81

80

77

83

71

59

60

61

62

63

64

57

58

55

56

54

53

70

69

65

66

67

68

72

73W W WBT2-15 RH2-15 EM2-15 PI1-12

Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 Fig. 01.3

All Vehicles

RELAYSFig. 01.1

BA

TTER

Y P

OW

ER B

US

TRUNK FUSE BOX

NOTE: ICS11 – TV and VICS only.

RELAYSFig. 01.1

BA

TTER

Y P

OW

ER B

US

ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX

BA

TTER

Y P

OW

ER B

US

ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX

Page 38: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 01.4

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE FC20 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / PASSENGER SIDE

FC21 10-WAY / BLACKFC90 EYELETFC93 EYELET

FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT11 10-WAY / BLACKBT12 10-WAY / GREENBT13 10-WAY / BLUEBT64 EYELET

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationACCESSORY RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R6

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

BT58 4-WAY / BLACK / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY

RH14 2-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

Page 39: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

F10 5A FC21-7

F12 5A FC21-10

W

F14 20A FC20-8

F16 5A FC20-5

WU

17.1

16.1

20.1

G

W

WU

G

2I

IC2-1216.2

WU WU

WU

WU

WU

WUWUWG

IC4-11 ICS10

WU

6I

7I

17.4 17.5

WU

8I

18I

17.4

17.5

17.5

17.5

17.5

17.5

17.5

17.2

9I

13I

14I

15I

16I

17I

F13 5A BT12-5

BT11-6

F11 10A BT12-1

12I

WR

WRWR

WRBT58-1 RH14-1

WRWRBTS38

1

1

20.1

20.1

10I

11I

19.112I

WGBTS12

WG

F18 FC20-6

R63

1

5

2

17.3

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Fig. 01.4

All Vehicles

IGN

ITIO

N A

UX

ILIA

RY

PO

WER

BU

S

PASSENGER SIDEFUSE BOX

ACCESSORYRELAY

TRUNK FUSE BOXNOTE: ICS10 – TV and VICS only.

Page 40: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 01.5

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE FC5 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE

FC6 10-WAY / BLACKFC90 EYELETFC92 EYELETFC94 EYELET

FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET

FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT11 10-WAY / BLACKBT12 10-WAY / GREENBT13 10-WAY / BLUEBT64 EYELET

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

BT3 20-WAY / YELLOW / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

FC49 12-WAY /BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO RAIN SENSOR LINK HARNESS BELOW RH BLOWER

LF3 13-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO

LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

LF59 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW / ROOF HARNESS TO INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR LINK HARNESS ROOF CONSOLE

RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

RH13 12-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT

SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

Page 41: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

WU

FCS8 AC15-3

F10 10A FC6-7

F12 10A FC6-10

WU

F14 10A FC5-8

F16 5A FC5-5

WR

WG

3II

07.2

07.1

07.2

07.2

06.2

08.1

WU WU

WU

WU

WU

WU

WU

WG

WG

11.3

07.2

07.2

05.1

05.1

WR WR

WR WR

WR

WR

WR

WR

F3 5A BT13-8

F4 5A BT13-9

WR

F5 30A BT11-2

1II

06.3WR

BT10-9

NW

F1 10A LF8-7

F2 5A LF8-1

WRF3 5A LF8

-8

4II

06.4

09.4

WR

WB

LF5-9

WR

F4 5A LF8-9

WU

F5 10A LF6-2

RW W*

13.2

09.4

09.4

09.4

06.1

03.1

09.4

WR

WR

WR

WR

WR

WU

WR

RW W*

07.2

09.1

07.2

09.3

LFS5

LF40-13

FCS63

ACS17

EMS15

FCS29

RF1-1

EM2-3

LF60-9

LF40-10

PI1-13

04.2

WBTS11

WU

WULF3-13

WU WU

1

2

1

2

18.2

WG

WR 05.1

WU 21.1

05.1WB

48II

NW NW

FC49-1

WR 14.1WR

04.2

09.4WR

09.4WR

FCS44W

W

W

18.2

18.1

18.2

WG

WG

SPS6

RH9-20

WG

SD1-13

W

SP1-13

W

12.1 12.2

12.1 12.2

12.3 12.4

Y

18.1

18.1

RHS3 WGWG

WG

F18 10A FC5-6

W 04.1

44II

WEM1-1

WUWUAC13-16

04.2

09.2

21.2BT1-8 RH2-4

WRWRWRLF59-4 RH13-11 BT3-20

28II

19II

20II

21II

22II

23II

24II

25II

26II

27II

38II

41II

42II

40II

31II

32II

30II

29II

39II

36II

35II

37II

33II

34II

RW 17.1

43II

47II

46II

45II

49II

50II

51II

52II

53II

54II

56II

55II

60II

58II

57II

59II

12.3 12.4

06.1

RF2-1

WR

03.1

09.2

09.2

09.1 09.2 09.3

17.3

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) Fig. 01.5

All Vehicles

IGN

ITIO

N P

OW

ER B

US

DRIVER SIDEFUSE BOX

IGN

ITIO

N P

OW

ER B

US

RELAYS

TRUNK FUSE BOX

IGN

ITIO

N P

OW

ER B

US

RELAYS

ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX

* NOTE: Early production vehicles.

Page 42: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 01.6

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

EM20 10-WAY / BLACKEM70 EYELET

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationHO2S HEATER RELAY – BANK 1 EM62 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS

HO2S HEATER RELAY – BANK 2 EM61 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationBT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

EM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

IJ1 6-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ADJACENT TO AIR INTAKE MANIFOLD

IJ2 6-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ADJACENT TO AIR INTAKE MANIFOLD

LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

PI2 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

Ground Location

EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE

Page 43: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.6

All Vehicles

F10 10A EM20-7

F12 15A EM20-10

F14 10A EM19-8

F18 10A EM19-6

WU

WR

WRWR

EMS7

PIS8

WU

WU

EMS30

04.1

04.1

04.1

04.2

WU

5E

WU

WU

WU

WU

WU

WU

WU WU

WU

WU

B

EM1AR(EM2AR)

EMS36B B

NGEMS47

NG

NG

WGEMS46

WG

WG

04.1

04.1

04.1

04.1

EM3-5

WURH2-19

WUBT1-7

WU 04.1

YG

YR

3

1

5

2

EM61 4

85

78

LF40-7

WU 04.1

04.1

04.1

04.1

04.2

PI2-1

04.2

04.2LF40-5

WULF40-12

WU

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

PIS2

PIS2

(N/A)

(SC)

BR

BRBR

BRBRIJS1

IJS2

IJ1-1

IJ2-1

F16 5A EM19-5

W 04.1

04.2

04.2

04.2

04.2

04.2

04.2

04.2

04.2

04.2

04.2

04.2

04.2

04.2

04.2

04.2

3

1

5

2

EM62 4

NW 04.2

PI1-30

BR

E62

E61

E93

E92

E91

E90

E89

E88

E87

E86

E85

E84

E83

E82

E81

E80

E79

E67

E68

E66

E65

E64

E63

E78

E74

E75

E76

E77

E73

E72

E71

E70

E69

ENG

INE

MA

NA

GEM

ENT

POW

ER B

US

ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX

HO2S HEATERRELAY BANK 1

HO2S HEATERRELAY BANK 2

Page 44: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 02.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationIGNITION SWITCH FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN

INERTIA SWITCH AC10 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO LH FASCIA FUSE BOX

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

AC16 8-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

Ground LocationFC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

Page 45: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Fig. 02.1

All Vehicles

I

II

III

FC4-2

FC4-3

FC4-1

FC4-5 FCS26

WU

GO

WR

1 BPM

2II

3II

4II

5II

AC10-2

AC10-3

AC10-1

WU

WU

WU

WU

WU

RG

RG

RG

RG

RG

RG

WR

WR

WR

WR

WR

WR

WR

WR

WR

WR

FCS25

RH2-9

LF60-8

BT1-16

FCS20

BT1-18

AC13-1

RH2-10

01.1

13.2

21.1

01.1

01.4

10.2

13.2

07.1

21.1

01.1

01.1

BKFCS48

FC3BL

BK

BPM

BPM

BPM

BPM

RG

GU GUEM2-11

04.1

13I

14I

15I

16I

17I

11I

12I

21.2

I

II

III

I

II

III

I

II

III

I

II

III

03.1

03.1

WUAC13-2

8II

7II

6II

9II

10II

04.2 06.3 09.3

21.2

WUAC16-2 RG

GUAC16-7

AC16-8

IGNITION SWITCH(OFF)

IGNITION SWITCH(I)

IGNITION SWITCH(II)

IGNITION SWITCH(III)

IGNITION SWITCH

INERTIASWITCH

NOTE: Body Processor Moduleappears in numerous Figures.

Page 46: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 03.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY BT66 EYELET TRUNK / RH SIDE

BT67 EYELET

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

GENERATOR PI50 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONTST11 EYELET

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERYBT61 EYELETBT62 EYELETBT63 EYELET

IGNITION SWITCH FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 20-WAY / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY

READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC12 3-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE

STARTER MOTOR ST3 EYELET ENGINE BLOCKST10 EYELET

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationSTARTER RELAY EM50 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

EM60 2-WAY / BLACK / STARTER LINK HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD

PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

GROUNDS

Ground LocationBT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II) : GROUND

I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-67 KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-72 ENGINE START REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

D FC14-73 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

D FC14-92 OK TO FUEL SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

Engine Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI EM80-06 ENGINE CRANK: B+

I EM80-10 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED

I EM80-31 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

O EM80-41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EM80-79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING:

C EM80-123 CAN –

C EM80-124 CAN +

Key Transponder Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicD FC22-07 READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D FC22-08 READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D FC22-09 OK TO FUEL: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

SG FC22-12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I FC22-14 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II): GROUND

D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

Major Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ FC25-01 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

SG FC25-04 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

C FC25-11 CAN +

S FC25-13 SCP +

S FC25-14 SCP –

I FC25-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG FC25-16 POWER GROUND: GROUND

C FC25-23 CAN –

Transmission Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO GB2-10 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 47: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

G

Y21.1

21.1

EM80-124

EM80-123

BKFC87-1FC87-3FCS47

BK

FC3BR

I

II

III

OFC4-4

FC4-1GO

FC4-5

FC14-73

FC14-41

IGO

FC14-80

N15

1

BKFCS48

FC3BL

BK

500A

BT68

BBT67 BT66 BT60 BT63

BT61

BT62

R

B

B

250A

B

BT80

BST1

01.1

01.1

EM80-41

I

O

WRNW

G

79

WREM60-2

ST10

ST3

B 6

ST11

B

PI50-3

PI50-2

WU48II

WR

Y

WR

B

O

FC22-17

D WR D

WUFC22-14

FC14-72

GO

EM80-31

GI

STS1

B

P

73

PI50-1

YPI1-11EM80-79

I

B

FC14-33

RG8II

I

FC14-32

WR I15I

B

B

EM80-10

GU I7II P, N

OP, NG

GB2-10

EMS29

3II

O

GO

O

EM80-6 EM1-15

EM50

3

1

5

2

FC14-67

I

FC14-58

IYB

+C

C

I

G

YFC25-11

FC25-23

+

C

C

FC25-14

S

FC25-13

S Y

U–

+

S

SY

UFC14-84

FC14-85

+

21.1

21.1

FC25-15

R14

BFC25-16

FC4BR(FC2BR)

BKFC25-4

FC25-1

WG33II

FC3BL

FCS48

FCS49

B

BK

B

P

B

21.1

21.1

FC22-7

FC22-8SC1-4

SC1-3

O

OGSC12-2

SC12-1

B

B

D

D

O

OG

21.1

21.1

FC22-12

FC3BR

BKFCS47

BK

FC14-92FC22-9

D YB D

Battery; Starter; Generator Battery; Starter; Generator Fig. 03.1

All Vehicles

BATTERY HIGH POWERPROTECTION MODULE

KEY-IN

IGNITION SWITCH

READER / EXCITERCOIL

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR KEY TRANSPONDERMODULE

NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH

PASSIVEANTI-THEFT

SYSTEM

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

APPLIED ONLY WHENINERTIA SWITCH IS TRIPPED

PATS;GENERATOR

WARNING

ENGINESTART

REQUEST

ENGINECRANK

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

VIA INERTIA SWITCH

SECURITYSTATUS

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

FAULT;CHARGE WARNING

GENERATOR

STARTER RELAY

FALSE BULKHEADSTUD CONNECTOR

STARTER MOTOR

OK TO FUEL

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

Page 48: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 04.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAPP SENSOR EM6 6- WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE BOOSTER

CKP SENSOR PI17 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE UNDERSIDE / FORWARD OF BELL HOUSING

CMP SENSOR 1 PI16 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CAMSHAFT COVER, FRONT

CMP SENSOR 2 PI15 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CAMSHAFT COVER, FRONT

ECM COOLING FAN EM64 2-WAY / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ECT SENSOR PI4 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE VEE / COOLANT OUTLET CASTING

EFT SENSOR PI24 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / RH REAR

EGR VALVE PI34 6-WAY / GREY N/A: INTAKE MANIFOLD / RH FRONTSC: INTAKE MANIFOLD / REAR

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

EOT SENSOR PI38 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO OIL FILTER

EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE BT14 2-WAY / BLACK ABOVE RH REAR AXLE / FUEL TANK COMPONENTS

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE LF99 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER

FTP SENSOR FT2 3-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK PIPING / LH SIDE (UNDER ACCESS PLATE)

HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 EM22 4-WAY / BLACK RH EXHAUST, CATALYST CENTER

HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 EM24 4-WAY / BLACK LH EXHAUST, CATALYST CENTER

HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 EM21 4-WAY / GREY RH EXHAUST / TOP OF CATALYST

HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 EM23 4-WAY / GREY LH EXHAUST / TOP OF CATALYST

IAT SENSOR 2 PI3 2-WAY / GREY INTAKE MANIFOLD / RH REAR

IP SENSOR PI43 3-WAY / BLACK N/A: FUEL RAIL / RH FRONTSC: FUEL RAIL / LH REAR

KNOCK SENSOR 1 PI26 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE / BANK 1

KNOCK SENSOR 2 PI27 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE / BANK 2

MAF SENSOR PI35 5-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE / ADJACENT TO AIR CLEANER

MAP SENSOR PI25 4-WAY / BLACK N/A: INTAKE MANIFOLD / LOWER REARSC: INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR / BELOW THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

THROTTLE MOTOR PI33 2-WAY / BLACK N/A: ENGINE AIR INTAKE / FRONTSC: ENGINE AIR INTAKE / REAR

TP SENSOR PI6 4-WAY / BLACK THROTTLE BODY / THROTTLE SHAFT

VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 PI31 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT

VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 PI32 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationTHROTTLE MOTOR RELAY EM16 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationBT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

EM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

FT1 10-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS FUEL TANK / REAR

LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

PI2 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

Ground Location

EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO EM80-01 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

O EM80-02 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

PG EM80-04 POWER GROUND 1: GROUND

PG EM80-05 POWER GROUND 2: GROUND

I EM80-06 ENGINE CRANK: B+

I EM80-07 IGNITION ON: B+

I EM80-10 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED

SS EM80-12 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V

SS EM80-13 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 V

SG EM80-17 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 1: GROUND

SG EM80-18 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND

SG EM80-19 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND

SG EM80-20 SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUND

B+ EM80-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ EM80-23 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+

B+ EM80-24 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+

SG EM80-29 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND

SG EM80-30 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND

I EM80-31 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I EM80-36 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

SG EM80-37 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

O EM80-40 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

SG EM80-43 TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUND

I EM80-44 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION

SG EM80-45 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

SG EM80-46 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EM80-50 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

O EM80-52 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

SG EM80-54 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUND

O EM80-55 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

O EM80-56 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

O EM80-57 EGR DRIVE 1: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN

O EM80-58 EGR DRIVE 2: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN

O EM80-59 EGR DRIVE 3: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN

O EM80-60 EGR DRIVE 4: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN

O EM80-66 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 100%

O EM80-67 EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EM80-68 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

SG EM80-69 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EM80-70 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I EM80-71 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I EM80-72 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I EM80-73 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES

I EM80-75 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.60 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.30 V

I EM80-76 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.48 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.40 V

I EM80-78 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I EM80-79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING:

O EM80-80 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR

SG EM80-81 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND

SG EM80-82 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND

I EM80-83 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT

I EM80-84 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT

SG EM80-91 HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUND

O EM80-92 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%

O EM80-93 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%

I EM80-94 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

SG EM80-95 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EM80-98 BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION

I EM80-99 BANK 2 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION

SG EM80-100 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND

I EM80-102 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.75 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.40 V (AUTO) 3.20 (MAN)

I EM80-103 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.38 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 2.05 V (AUTO) 2.14 V (MAN)

I EM80-104 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES

D EM80-105 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION

O EM80-106 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR

I EM80-107 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT

I EM80-108 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT

O EM80-109 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%

O EM80-110 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%

SG EM80-111 FUEL INJECTORS 2, 3, 5, 8 GROUND: GROUND

SG EM80-116 FUEL INJECTORS 1, 4, 6, 7 GROUND: GROUND

C EM80-123 CAN –

C EM80-124 CAN +

I EM80-127 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES

I EM80-128 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING

I EM80-129 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING

SG EM80-130 HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND

B+ EM80-134 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 49: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

YR

Y YG

YU

EMS37

EM1BR(EM2BR)

EM1AR(EM2AR)

BK

B

B

B

BB

B

BK

BB

EM80-116

EM80-111

EM80-091

EM80-054

EM80-030

EM80-029

EM80-018

EM80-017

EM80-004

EM80-005

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

I

I

EMS36

BB

P

P

BB

EM80-082

EM80-081

UYNG

YR

BR

RURU

EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1

2/11/1

EM22 EM24-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1

2/21/2

R Y RU

NG

G N UY

WG

N W U NG

N W Y WG

NUN

UY

Y

EMS8

EMS5

EMS4

EM80-080

EM80-106

EM80-127

EM80-012

EM80-102

EM80-103

EM80-037

EM80-036

EM80-094

EM80-095

EM80-100

EM80-068

EM80-069

EM80-098

EM80-093

EM80-056

EM80-128

EM80-092

EM80-129

EM80-001

EM80-002

EM80-130

EM80-083

EM80-084

EM80-107

EM80-108

EM80-055

EM80-044

EM80-045

EM80-046

EM80-019

EM80-070

EM80-078

EM80-073

EM80-050

EM80-104

EM80-020

EM80-013

EM80-043

EM80-076

EM80-075

EM80-067

EM80-066

EM80-057

EM80-058

U U λ λ

PI26 -1

PI17-1

PI16-2

PI15-1

21

P Y G N B O W N

PI17-2

PI16-1

PI15-2

-2

W WW W

EMS9

PI27 -1

W N

-2

PYGNBGBON

GWBW

I EM80-099N

W

PI35 -1 -3 -2 PI4 -2 -1-5-4

υ

IATS

υ

PI38 -1 -2

υ

GW

BW

O BG

WU

PIS1

E74

PI43 -3 -2 -1

υ

UY

BG

YG

BG

U BG

OY

YG

BG

PI24 -2-1 FT2 -2 -3-1PI25 -2 -1 -4

RG

OY

BG

OY

Y BG

PIS9

BG

EMS2

BG

BG

BG

PI2-12

OY OY

PI1-6

FT1-1

BT2-5

RG

RG

FT1-2

BT2-4

FT1-3

BT2-3

OY

OY

BWOUYBGYGUYGOY

RGY

RY

BGOY

PIS10

EMS1

TP1

PI33-1

PI33-2

PI6-1

TP2

BG

BG

OY

OY

APP2 APP1

EM6-2

RYBG

OY

N GR G

BG

GR

GN

EM6-5

EM6-4

EM6-1

EM6-6

EM6-3

PI6-3

PI6-2

PI6-4

BT14 -1 -2LF99 -2 -1

UY

WU

O WU

E68

E70

EM3-7

LF40-8

ORH2-18

BRD

OUY

YUYG

O

O EM80-059

EM80-060

YYR

PI34-4

PI34-1

PI34-6

PI34-3

WU

WU

PI34-5

PI34-2

E76

E75

EM80-006

EM80-007

EM80-010

GU

W

GO

EM80-123

GEM80-124

Y

EM80-105

O

EM80-134

GW

EM80-052

GR O

84 NG

WU

C

C

D

21.1

21.1

21.2

EM80-031

EM80-079

EM80-041

G

O

Y

03.1

42II

I

I

I03.1

03.1

I03.1

EM80-022

NR80

EM80-040

U O01.1

+

O

I

EM80-024

WGEM80-023

WG

E69

E61

E62

B

B

B

B

E67

E66

E64

E65

05.1

WW W

W

1234

1 2

7II

3

1

5

2

EM16 4

BK

EMS38

EM1AL(EM2AL)

EM80-071

W W W W

PI1 -21 -23 -22 -28 -29 -27 -25 -24 -18 -17 -20 -19-26

W

W W W W W

PI1 PI1 PI1 PI1

BW

BW

-55PI1 -52 -54 -53 PI1-5

PI2-9

PI2-10

PI2-11

PI2-13

RH1-10

RH1-9

RH1-8

EM1-4

EM1-9

EM1-10

BG

RG

OY

BG

OY

RG

W W WPI1-4

PI1-1

PI1-3

PI2-2

PI2-3

OBT1-6

PI3 -1 -2

I EM80-072YG

YG

BG

PI1-56

υ

W B EM64-2 EM64-1 EM80-38

OE

77

O

O EM80-110

EM80-109

BB

1 2

-1-2PI31 -1-2PI32

OGOY

PIS15

PI1-15

PI1-14

PI1-16

OG

OY

B

EMS99

B

EM1BL(EM2BL)

B

PI2-7

PI2-8

PI2-9

PI2-10

W

O

O

I

I

4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 1 4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.1

All Vehicles

NOTES:

* Evap Canister Close Valve and Fuel Tank PressureSensor – NAS vehicles only.

** VVT Solenoid Valves – Normally Aspirated engine only.*** IAT Sensor 2 – Supercharged engine only. Shielding shown as dashed

lines are braided wires.

HO2 SENSORSUPSTREAM

HO2 SENSORSDOWNSTREAM

CKPSENSOR

CMPSENSORS

KNOCKSENSORS

MAFSENSOR

ECTSENSOR

EOTSENSOR

IPSENSOR

EFTSENSOR

MAPSENSOR

FTPSENSOR *

ECMCOOLING FAN

APPLIED ONLY WHENINERTIA SWITCH IS TRIPPED

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

ENGINE CRANK

EMS CONTROL RELAY(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

GENERATOR:FAULT; CHARGE WARNING

STARTER RELAY DRIVE

PARK; NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

THROTTLE MOTORRELAY

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(Continued Fig. 04.3)

VVTSOLENOID VALVES **

EVAPCANISTER

PURGE VALVE

EVAPCANISTER

CLOSE VALVE *

IATSENSOR 2 ***

STEPPERMOTOR

EGR VALVE

THROTTLEMOTOR

TP SENSOR

THROTTLE BODY

APP SENSOR

Page 50: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 04.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH FC63 10-WAY / NATURAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR

AIR CLEANER SOLENOID VALVE LF13 2-WAY / BLACK AIR CLEANER HOUSING

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 1-WAY / BLACK LOWER LH SIDE OF ENGINE

AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR LF20 6-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH SIDE / HIGH PRESSUREREFRIGERANT LINE, BETWEEN COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH AC24 4-WAY / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH AC24 4-WAY / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

COOLING FAN – LH GC2 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT

COOLING FAN – RH GC1 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT

COOLING FAN MODULE LF35 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / COOLING PACK, LOWER RH SIDELF36 2-WAY / BLACK

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

FUEL INJECTOR 1 PI7 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 2 PI11 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 3 PI8 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 4 PI12 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 5 PI9 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 6 PI13 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 7 PI10 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 8 PI14 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

FUEL PUMP FT3 6-WAY / NATURAL FUEL TANK EVAPORATIVE FLANGE

FUEL PUMP MODULE BT18 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR

FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT11 10-WAY / BLACKBT12 10-WAY / GREENBT13 10-WAY / BLUEBT64 EYELET

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 PI51 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 PI55 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 PI52 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 PI56 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 PI53 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 PI57 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 7 PI54 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 8 PI58 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD

INTERCOOLER COOLANT PUMP EM75 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO RADIATOR

STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW2 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationAIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY EM17 / BROWN LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

IGNITION COIL RELAY EM26 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS

STOP LAMP RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R5

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

EM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

FT1 10-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS FUEL TANK / REAR

IJ1 6-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ADJACENT TO AIR INTAKE MANIFOLD

IJ2 6-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ADJACENT TO AIR INTAKE MANIFOLD

LF3 13-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO

LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

RH13 12-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL

GROUNDS

Ground LocationBT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR

EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH

PI1 ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT COVER

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI EM80-08 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I EM80-09 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

SS EM80-12 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V

O EM80-14 AIR CLEANER SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

SG EM80-19 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND

I EM80-25 FUEL PUMP MODULE MONITOR: PWM, 1 Hz, 50% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NORMAL, 25% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NO CONTROL SIGNAL, 75% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = FUEL PUMP INOPERATIVE

O EM80-27 FUEL PUMP DRIVE SIGNAL (TO FUEL PUMP MODULE): PWM, 150 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%

O EM80-34 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EM80-47 ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE

I EM80-48 ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE

I EM80-49 ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O EM80-51 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%

O EM80-61 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-62 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-63 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-64 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-85 ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT ON: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O EM80-87 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-88 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-89 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-90 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-112 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-113 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-114 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-115 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-117 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-118 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-119 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EM80-120 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EM80-121 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES

I EM80-131 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

I EM80-132 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 51: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

YRYG

WEM80-051

W

RWEM80-034

U

BGEM80-115

BWEM80-117

BGEM80-113

BGEM80-118

GREM80-088

GUEM80-087

BWEM80-112

BOEM80-119

YGEM80-132

BGOYWU

YGEM80-131

GWEM80-062

GBEM80-061

GWEM80-090

GOEM80-089

PI7 -1 -2 PI8 -1 -2 PI9 -1 -2 PI10 -1 -2 PI11 -1 -2 PI12 -1 -2B

G

BR

B0

BR

BG

BR

BW

BR

BG

BR

BO

BR

1 3 5 7 2 4

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

O

I

O

O

E79

E78

E83

E82

E81

E80

2

4

6

1

3

5

B

1

PI51 -4 -2 -3 -1

3

PI52 -4 -2 -3 -1

5

PI53 -4 -2 -3 -1

7

PI54 -4 -2 -3 -1

4

PI56 -4 -2 -3 -1

6

PI57 -4 -2 -3 -1

PIS11

PIS12

GU

YG

B RW

GR

YG

B RW

GO

YG

B RW

GW

YG

B RW

GW

YG

B RW

GO

YG

B RW

B

PIS13

B

BBBB

PIS5

RWRWRWRW

RWRW

WBT1-13 BT18-3

WBT18-4

RBT18-1

YRBT18-2

I

O

O

BBT18-6

BT2AL

W

BT1-4

EM80-027

EM80-048

EM80-047

BOEM80-114O

BGEM80-120O

PI13 -1 -2 PI14 -1 -2

BG

BR

BW

BR

6 8

E85

E84

RWRW

2

PI55 -4 -2 -3 -1

GB

YG

B RW

-4 -2 -3 -1

GU

YG

B RW

GOEM80-063O

GUEM80-064O

8 7

PI1AS

B

B

LF20 -3 -2 -1 AC24 -2 -3

30II

U WU

OY

BG

WU

EM80-121

EM80-012

EM80-019BGOYWU

EM80-009EM3-6

UAC13-15

U

EMS1

EMS2

8

RG

RW

NG

WU

RGPI36-1

E71

83

LF35-1

W

LF3-10

LF35-2

WULF36-1

BG

LF36-2

B

LF2AS

I

O

O

B

B

E72

7

P

NW B

BT18-5

FT3-6

FT3-5

W

B

FK4-2

FK4-1

PI58

RW**IJ1-2

**IJ1-3

**IJ1-4

**IJ1-5

**IJ2-2

**IJ2-3

**IJ2-4

**IJ2-5

EMS26

RG

PI1-57

RG

07.1

BEMS37

EM1AL(EM2AL)

NW

W

82

59II

PI1-40

PI1-45

PI1-49

PI1-44

PI1-39

PI1-46

PI1-42

PI1-48

PI1-41

PI1-43

O

O

GC1-B

GC2-B

GC1-A

GC2-A

G

R

OG

OY

O

R

YR

W

W

WRH13-2

RH13-3

EM2-9

EM2-19

FT1-4

FT1-5

WI EM80-025

FK1-6

FK1-5

LF3-8

LF3-9

LF3-7

YRYGEM3-2

EM3-1

RG

270 Ω510 Ω

B

YU

WU

FC63-10

FC63-7

FC63-9

FC63-8

10.2

YUWU

EM80-049

EM80-085YUWUEM3-4

EM3-3I

O

FC4BL(FC2BL)

FCS50

B

OGOLF40-6

OG

LF13 -2 -1

WU

OG

E73

EM80-014

45II

F8 5A1

BT11-9

U

BT11-8

OG 1

BT1-17RH9-17

AC24 -4 -1

WU

OG

6II

OGOG

BT11-5

BT1-9RH1-19

AC13-3

U

U

F6 5ABT11-7

BT11-4

UI EM80-008

I

EM2-6

RG

E87

E86

E91

E90

E89

E88

E93

E92

N/A

SC

N/A

SC

N/A

SC

N/A

SC

N/A

SC

N/A

SC

N/A

SC

N/A

SC

OGBTS5

PI1-31

PI1-32

PI1-33

PI1-34

PI1-35

PI1-36

PI1-37

PI1-38

BG

B0

BG

BW

BG

BO

BG

BW

YG

YG

RWPI1-50

5

2

EM17

1

3

4

RHS4

U

5

2

3

1

R5

1Κ Ω

E63 NW

EM75-2 EM75-1 EMS37

B B

EM1AL(EM2AL)

UBT1-17RH9-17

U U

(CONV)

(COUPE)

EM1-8

59II

B

3

1

5

2

EM264

RW

1κ Ω

2.2κ Ω

510 Ω

300 Ω

180 Ω

120 Ω

SW1-3

SW1-4

YR

YG

YR

YGSW2-3

SW2-4

SC3-3

SC3-4

4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 2 4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 2 Fig. 04.2

All Vehicles

FRONT OFENGINE

CYLINDER NUMBERING

FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION MODULES AND COILS

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(Continued from Fig. 04.1)

NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Fig. 04.1.

AIR CLEANERSOLENOID VALVE

(SUPERCHARGED ONLY)

AIR CONDITIONINGPRESSURE SENSOR

BRAKECANCELSWITCH

BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH

A/CCM: COMPRESSORCLUTCH ACTIVATED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

RELAY

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

LH COOLING FAN

RH COOLING FAN

FANS

COOLING FANMODULE

FUEL PUMP

FUEL TANK

FUEL PUMPMODULE

STOP LAMP RELAYNOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive Damping only.

TRUNK FUSE BOX

** NOTE: IJ1 and IJ2 –Supercharged engine only.

IGNITION COILRELAY *

*NOTE: Ignition Coil Relay and circuit toPI1-50 – early production vehicles only.

RESUME

SET +

SET –

CANCEL

RESISTOR PACK

STEERING WHEELSPEED CONTROL SWITCHES

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

NOTE: Vehicles with Adaptive Speed Control –refer to Figure 06.4 for Speed Control Switch details.

ADAPTIVESPEED LIMIT SWITCH **

** NOTE: Component and feature to be added at mid-2003 MY.

DIMMEROVERRIDE

INTERCOOLERCOOLANT PUMP

(SUPERCHARGED ONLY)

Page 52: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 05.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID FC86 2-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY

J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE FC88 10-WAY / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY

KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC5 2-WAY / BLUE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE

LINEAR SWITCH MODULE FC100 12-WAY / GREY LH SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE

MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) FC35 10-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR

NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY

POSITION ALIGNMENT SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) FC105 4-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO LINEAR SWITCH MODULE / J GATE

TRANSMISSION CAPACITOR EM69 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

GROUNDS

Ground LocationEM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-07 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS: GROUND (N)

I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

O FC14-48 GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

O FC14-51 KEY LOCK SOLENOID DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

B+ FC14-104 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

J Gate Illumination Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ FC88-01 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

C FC88-03 CAN –

C FC88-04 CAN +

PG FC88-06 POWER GROUND: GROUND

C FC88-08 CAN –

C FC88-09 CAN +

Linear Switch Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC100-01 MODE SWITCH STATUS DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE LINEAR LSM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

C FC100-02 CAN –

C FC100-03 CAN +

B+ FC100-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

I FC100-05 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS: GROUND (N)

I FC100-06 POSITION ALIGNMENT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

C FC100-07 CAN –

C FC100-08 CAN +

I FC100-09 SPORT MODE ACTIVATE: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

PG FC100-11 POWER GROUND: GROUND

Transmission Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicC GB2-02 CAN –

C GB2-06 CAN +

B+ GB2-09 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

O GB2-10 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

PG GB2-13 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ GB2-14 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG GB2-16 POWER GROUND: GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 53: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

G

Y21.1

21.1

FC100-3

FC100-2

BFC105-3FC105-1

FCS46B

FC2BR(FC4BR)

FC100-9

RU

I

FC100-1

RU

O

GB2-14

GB2-10

G

Y

G

NR

GB2-6

GB2-2

B81

03.104.1

υ

C

C

21.1

21.1

O

CAN

P

R

N

D

5

4

3

+

GB2-9

WB B47II

NREMS44

EM69-1

EM69-2

NR

EM2AL(EM1AL)

P

PGB2-16

BGB2-13B

EMS43

B

B

1

2

3

4

5

6

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

C

C

C

C

WR

G

Y

G

Y

BK

37IIFC88

-1

FC88-3

FC88-4

FC88-8

FC88-9

FC88-6

FCS47

BK

FC3BR

P

R

N

D

4

3

2

21.1

WR

FC35-5

FC35-9

RG

+

+

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

330 Ω

FC35-1

21.1

21.1

21.1

+

C

C

B 38II

WRFC100-4

G

Y21.1

21.1

FC100-8

FC100-7

+

C

C

FC100-11

B P

FC100-6

BWI

BK

BKFCS47

FC3BR

RU

FC35-7

FC35-10

FC35-8

10Κ Ω

510 Ω

2Κ Ω

270 Ω

10Κ Ω

FC14-48

FC14-58

O

I

FC14-80

N

OG B

RW B BFCS49

FC4BR(FC2BR)

BSC1-2SC1-1

FC86-1 FC86-2

FC14-51

O RW

BFCS46

FC2BR(FC4BR)

FC87-1

YBBKFCS47

FC3BR

FC87-3

BK

FC14-104

NW

FC14-32

WR

WUFC14-15

S

S

+

FC14-84

U

FC14-85

Y

I

I

SC5-1 SC5-2

B

B

10.2

39II

10.2

15

19

15I

5II

21.1

21.1

P

B

EMS29

G

RUFC100-5

I

OFC14-7

RU

FC35-2

P

Automatic Transmission Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.1

All Vehicles

ECM: PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

CAPACITOR

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

SHIFTSOLENOID

TCCPRESSURE REGULATORSOLENOID

PRESSURE REGULATORSOLENOIDS

FLUIDTEMPERATURESENSOR

TURBINESPEED SENSOR

OUTPUTSPEED SENSOR

GEAR POSITIONSWITCH

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

NOTE: J Gate Illumination Module –CAN “listen only” node for gear selectorposition indicators.

J GATEILLUMINATION MODULE

LINEAR SWITCHMODULE

REFER TO APPENDIX:TCM, J GATE, LINEAR SWITCH MODULE / CAN MESSAGES

MODESTATE

SPORT

NORMAL

MODE SWITCH

POSITIONALIGNMENT

SWITCH

DIMMER OVERRIDE

DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH

LOGIC

SOLENOIDS

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

BRAKE ON / OFF

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCKSOLENOID

KEYLOCK SOLENOID

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

Page 54: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 06.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER SOLENOID (ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER) AL1 6-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR EM37 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE

BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR AL2 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

DSC CONTROL SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF37 25-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT

LINEAR SWITCH MODULE FC100 12-WAY / GREY LH SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE

PEDAL FORCE SWITCH (ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER) AL1 6-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

PEDAL TRAVEL SENSOR (ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER) AL4 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR FC3 4-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT FL1 2-WAY / BLACK WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR RL1 2-WAY / BLACK WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT FR1 2-WAY / BLACK WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR RR1 2-WAY / BLACK WHEEL HUB

YAW RATE AND LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSORS CLUSTER FC101 6-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

BT72 2-WAY / BLACK / LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS BELOW FUEL TANK / LEFT HAND SIDE

BT73 2-WAY / BLACK / RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS BELOW FUEL TANK / RIGHT HAND SIDE

EM200 12-WAY / BLACK / LEFT FORWARD HARNESS TO DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL LINK HARNESS ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO

LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

LF41 2-WAY / BLACK / LEFT FORWARD HARNESS TO LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

LF42 2-WAY / BLACK / LEFT FORWARD HARNESS TO RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO AIR CLEANER

LF59 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

LF102 12-WAY / BLACK / LEFT FORWARD HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO

RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

Ground LocationFC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

LF3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Dynamic Stability Control Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ LF37-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – PUMP: B+

– LF37-03 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL (A): PULSED SIGNAL

B+ LF37-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+

SG LF37-05 SENSOR GROUND – YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS: GROUND

I LF37-06 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL (B): PULSED SIGNAL

SS LF37-07 YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

SG LF37-08 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I LF37-09 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL: BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND

C LF37-11 CAN +

C LF37-15 CAN –

PG LF37-16 POWER GROUND – VALVES: GROUND

SS LF37-17 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER SOLENOID SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V

SS LF37-18 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V

SG LF37-19 SENSOR GROUND – BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR: GROUND

I LF37-20 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0.5 – 4.5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES

SG LF37-24 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

C LF37-25 CAN – (LOCAL)

SS LF37-26 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V

SS LF37-27 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH NORMALLY OPEN (NOMINAL 5 V): OPEN / CLOSED CIRCUIT

I LF37-28 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND

C LF37-29 CAN + (LOCAL)

SS LF37-30 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH NORMALLY CLOSED (NOMINAL 5 V): CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT

O LF37-31 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER SOLENOID DRIVE: GROUND (PWM)

B+ LF37-32 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – VALVES: B+

SG LF37-33 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I LF37-34 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

I LF37-36 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SG LF37-37 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I LF37-38 DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I LF37-40 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0.5 – 4.5 V: VARIABLE VOLTAGE

SG LF37-42 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I LF37-43 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

I LF37-45 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SG LF37-46 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

PG LF37-47 POWER GROUND – PUMP: GROUND

Linear Switch Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC100-02 CAN –

C FC100-03 CAN +

B+ FC100-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

C FC100-07 CAN –

C FC100-08 CAN +

I FC100-10 DSC STATUS INDICATOR: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

PG FC100-11 POWER GROUND: GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 55: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

LF37-45

G21.1LF37-15

NR

WU

LF37-1

LF37-4

LF3AS

LF37-9

UY I

76

58II

B

FL1-2 FR1-2FL1-1 FR1-1

H HNWLF37-32

75 B

B

YLF37-11

21.1 C

C

+

LF37-16

B

LF37-47

B

P

P

CAN

EM37-1 EM37-2

FC55-16

B

FC4BR(FC2BR)

LF37-8

U

LF37-38

R

O

FC55-12

RLF60-7

RL1-2 RR1-2RL1-1 RR1-1

H H

LF37-46

LF37-34

LF37-33

LF37-36

LF37-37

LF37-43

LF37-42

LF37-3

Y

O

Y

W

U

Y

G

W

RI

I

I

I

BT2-13

BT2-12

RH1-18

RH1-17

BT72-1

BT72-2

AL2-2

AL2-3

AL2-1

LF37-19

NWLF37-18

YBLF37-20

WBI

LF37-6

U

LF37-7

R

LF37-5

BK

LF37-29

W

LF37-25

W

LF37-24

WU

LF37-26

NW

LF37-40

YU

LF37-27

WG

LF37-30

YR

LF37-28

NG

LF37-31

NR

LF37-17

WR

Y

FC3-3

U

FC3-2

R

FC3-4

BK

FC3-1

BK

FC101-5

R

FC101-3

W

FC101-2

W

FC101-1

CC–+

I

I

FCS18

FCS21

C

C–

+

AL4-3

AL4-1

AL4-2

AL1-5

AL1-2

AL1-1

AL1-4

AL1-3

I

O

I

LF40-1

LF40-2

G

YFC100-3

FC100-2

+

G

YFC100-8

FC100-7

+

C

C

C

C

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

FC55-9

FC55-11

BFS49

OFC100-10

RW

FCS46B

FC2BR(FC4BR)

B38II

WRFC100

-4

FC100-11

B P

16 NR560 Ω

UY

U

LF102-2

LF102-3

LF102-1

LF41-1

WB YB NW R W G Y U W Y O

EM200-2

EM200-3

EM200-1

NW

YB

WB

LF41-2

LF60-3

LF60-2

LF42-1

LF42-2

W

U

W

U

W

U

BT2-11

BT2-10

RH1-16

RH1-15

BT73-1

BT73-2

LF60-5

LF60-4

O

Y

O

Y

O

Y

LF59-9

LF59-8

LF59-7

LF59-10

Y

U

R

BK

W

WLF59-6

LF59-5

WU

NW

YU

LF102-5

LF102-4

LF102-6

EM200-5

EM200-4

EM200-6

WU

NW

YU

LF102-10 EM200-10

LF102-9 EM200-9

LF102-8 EM200-8

LF102-11 EM200-11

LF102-7 EM200-7

WG

YR

NG

NR

WR

WG

YR

NG

NR

WR

Dynamic Stability Control Dynamic Stability Control Fig. 06.1

All Vehicles

REFER TO APPENDIX:DSC / CAN MESSAGES

LINEAR SWITCHMODULE

STATUS

DSC CONTROLSWITCH

CENTER CONSOLESWITCH PACK

BRAKE FLUIDRESERVOIR

PRESSUREPUMP

CONTROLVALVES

PUMP

VALVES

LOCAL

VALVES

PUMP

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE

BRAKE PRESSURESENSOR

LH FRONTWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH FRONTWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

LH REARWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH REARWHEEL SPEED

SENSORSTEERING ANGLE

SENSOR

YAW RATE ANDLATERAL ACCELERATION

SENSORS CLUSTER

NOTE: EM200 – RHD vehicles only.

ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER

ACTIVEBRAKE BOOSTER

SOLENOID

PEDALFORCE

SWITCH

PEDALTRAVELSENSOR

Page 56: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 06.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationPOWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE FC16 9-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / ADJACENT TO RH SIDE FUSE BOX

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER LL2 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING RACK / CONTROL VALVE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

LL1 2-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO POWER STEERING CONVERTER LINK HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO STARTER MOTOR

GROUNDS

Ground LocationFC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Power Assisted Steering Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC16-02 TRANSDUCER NEGATIVE: 2 V @ IDLE DECREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED

I FC16-04 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

O FC16-05 TRANSDUCER POSITIVE: 9 V @ IDLE INCREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED

B+ FC16-06 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG FC16-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 57: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Power Assisted Steering Power Assisted Steering Fig. 06.2

All Vehicles

LHD

RHD

WUFC16-6 FC16-2

O

OI

FCS49

FC4BR(FC2BR)

BB

29II

U

R

YFC16-4 FC16-5

FC16-8

EM2-7 LL2-1

EM2-1

LL1-1

LL1-2 LL2-2

R

Y

R

Y

WUFC16-6 FC16-2

O

OI

FCS49

FC4BR(FC2BR)

BB

29II

U

R

YFC16-4 FC16-5

FC16-8

EM18-1

EM18-2

EM2-7

EM2-1

R

Y

08.1

08.1

B

B

P

P

VEHICLE SPEED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONTROL MODULE

POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONVERTER

VEHICLE SPEED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONTROL MODULE

POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONVERTER

Page 58: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 06.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACCELEROMETER – FRONT VERTICAL FC7 3-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE / BEHIND ICE HEAD UNIT

ACCELEROMETER – LATERAL (FRONT) EM59 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ECM

ACCELEROMETER – REAR VERTICAL BT52 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / BELOW FUEL TANK

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE BT69 35-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL CARRIER

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH AC24 4-WAY / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

DAMPER SOLENOID – LH FRONT LF43 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF LH FRONT DAMPER

DAMPER SOLENOID – LH REAR DL2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF LH REAR DAMPER

DAMPER SOLENOID – RH FRONT LF44 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF RH FRONT DAMPER

DAMPER SOLENOID – RH REAR DR2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF RH REAR DAMPER

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

BT3 20-WAY / YELLOW / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

BT72 2-WAY / BLACK / LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS BELOW FUEL TANK / LEFT HAND SIDE

BT73 2-WAY / BLACK / RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS BELOW FUEL TANK / RIGHT HAND SIDE

EM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

RH12 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

RL3 2-WAY / BLACK / TRUNK HARNESS TO LH REAR WHEEL LINK HARNESS REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY / LEFT HAND SIDE

RR3 2-WAY / BLACK / TRUNK HARNESS TO RH REAR WHEEL LINK HARNESS REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY / RIGHT HAND SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground LocationBT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Adaptive Damping Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO BT69-01 ADAPTIVE DAMPING FAULT WARNING SIGNAL

O BT69-03 ACCELEROMETER SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

D BT69-10 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS

B+ BT69-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

O BT69-13 LH REAR DAMPER POWER SUPPLY: B+

O BT69-14 RH FRONT DAMPER POWER SUPPLY: B+

O BT69-15 RH REAR DAMPER POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG BT69-18 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I BT69-20 FRONT LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK: < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V

I BT69-21 FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK: < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V

I BT69-22 REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK: < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V

I BT69-24 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

O BT69-25 ACCELEROMETER SENSOR SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V

I BT69-26 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (IGNITION ON II)

B+ BT69-27 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

D BT69-28 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS

O BT69-30 LH FRONT DAMPER POWER SUPPLY: B+

O BT69-31 LH FRONT DAMPER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ADCM SWITCHED CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O BT69-32 LH REAR DAMPER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ADCM SWITCHED CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O BT69-33 RH FRONT DAMPER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ADCM SWITCHED CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O BT69-34 RH REAR DAMPER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ADCM SWITCHED CIRCUIT TO GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 59: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Suspension Adaptive Damping Suspension Adaptive Damping Fig. 06.3

Adaptive Damping Vehicles

BT69-20

BT69-10

BT69-27

NW58

B

BT2BL

BG

BT69-11

WR

BT69-28

21.2

W

O

RH12-13

44II

D

D

BT69-18

OG6II

OGOGWU AC24-4 AC24-1 RH1-19AC13-3

IBT69-26BT1-9

OGBTS5

OG

BT69-108.1 YR

BT69-2408.1 OG

O

I

YR

OGBT3-10

BT3-9

RH12-2

RH12-1

YR

OG

LF43-1

LF43-2

LF44-1

LF44-2

DL2-1

DL2-2

DR2-1

DR2-2

RH12-14

RH12-11

RH12-12

BT72-3

BT72-4

BT73-3

BT73-4

BT3-11

BT69-34

OYBT69-15

O OG

BT69-32

OBT69-13

O R

BT69-33

GUBT69-14

O OG

BT69-31

OYBT69-30

O O

O

O

O

O

BT3-16

BT3-15

LF1-19

LF1-18

BT3-18

BT3-17

LF60-19

LF60-20

GU

OG

OY

O

GU

OG

OY

O

OY

OG

OY

O

O

O

O

R

EM59-3

U

EM59-1

EM59-2

OY

BG

FC7-2

FC7-3

U

FC7-1

OY

U

BT52-2

BT52-3

BT52-1

BT69-21

U

BT69-3

OY

BT69-25

U

BT69-22

R

BT3-14

BT3-13

BT3-12

RH12-6

RH12-7

RH12-8

RH12-9

FCS84

FCS83BTS27

BTS28

BG

U

OY

U

BG

OY

U

U

OY

R

EM3-12

EM3-10

EM3-9

I

I

I

U

OY

OY

U

RL3-1

RL3-2

RR3-1

RR3-2

U

U

O

R

21.2

B

B

P

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER – FAULT WARNING(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER – VEHICLE SPEED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

BRAKE ON / OFFSWITCH

ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE

LH FRONTDAMPER SOLENOID

RH FRONTDAMPER SOLENOID

LH REARDAMPER SOLENOID

RH REARDAMPER SOLENOID

LATERALACCELEROMETER

(FRONT)

FRONT VERTICALACCELEROMETER

REAR VERTICALACCELEROMETER

Page 60: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 06.4

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF61 12-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF RADIATOR

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF37 25-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

FORWARD ALERT SWITCH FC102 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW2 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationEM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL

SW2 6-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GROUNDS

Ground Location

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Adaptive Speed Control Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ LF61-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG LF61-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND

C LF61-04 CAN –

B+ LF61-07 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

C LF61-10 CAN +

I/O LF61-12 FORWARD ALERT SWITCH / INDICATOR DRIVE: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED / FORWARD ALERT INDICATOR DRIVE

Dynamic Stability Control Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicC LF37-11 CAN +

C LF37-15 CAN –

Engine Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI EM80-47 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE

I EM80-48 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE

C EM80-123 CAN –

C EM80-124 CAN +

Major Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-10 CAN +

C FC25-11 CAN +

C FC25-23 CAN –

C FC25-24 CAN –

Transmission Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicC GB2-02 CAN –

C GB2-06 CAN +

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 61: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

YG

YRYR

YG

SW1-4

SW1-3

SW2-4

SW2-3

YR

YG YGSC3-3

EM3-2

YRSC3-4

EM3-1

LF1-4

G

YLF61-10

LF61-4

WR

NW

LF61-7

LF61-1

LF61-2

B

LF1BS

LF61-12

YU

49II

P

B

C

C

21.1

21.1

G

YEM80-124

EM80-123

EM80-48

I

EM80-47

C

C

21.1

21.1

G

YFC25-11

FC25-23

C

C

B

YUFC102-5

B

270 Ω

G

YGB2-6

GB2-2

C

C

21.1

21.1–

+

GLF37-15

YLF37-11

21.1 C

C

+

CAN

G

YFC25-10

FC25-24

C

C

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

OI

+

+

I

77

+

+

FCS38

YU

YUFC102-10

FC102-4

FC102-6

FC4BL(FC2BL)

B

B

FCS50

1κ Ω

2.2κ Ω

510 Ω

300 Ω

180 Ω

120 Ω

Adaptive Speed Control Adaptive Speed Control Fig. 06.4

Adaptive Speed Control Vehicles

FORWARD ALERTSWITCH

STEERING WHEELSPEED CONTROL SWITCHES

ADAPTIVESPEED CONTROL

CONTROL MODULE

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL:REFER TO FIGURE SERIES 04.

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

TRANSMISSIONSTATUS

REFER TO APPENDIX:ASC / CAN MESSAGES

BRAKE FORCE

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE

BRAKE CONTROL:REFER TO FIGURE 06.1.

ASC CHIME; WARNINGS;MESSAGE CENTER

MAJOR INSTRUMENTCLUSTER

RESUME

SET +

HEADWAY –

HEADWAY +

SET –

CANCEL

RESISTOR PACK

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

Page 62: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 07.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 26-WAY / GREY A/C UNIT / RH SIDE

AC2 16-WAY / GREYAC3 12-WAY / GREYAC4 22-WAY / GREY

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL FC43 12-WAY / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LF29 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RH HORN

ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY FC12 4-WAY / WHITE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER

BLOWER AIR INTAKE – LH AC5 15-WAY / GREEN A/C UNIT / LH SIDE

BLOWER AIR INTAKE – RH AC6 15-WAY / GREEN A/C UNIT / RH SIDE

EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY AC7 12-WAY / BLACK A/C UNIT / LH SIDE

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

SOLAR SENSOR FC52 2-WAY / GREY DRIVER SIDE FASCIA / ADJACENT TO DEFROST VENT

VENT ASSEMBLY FC44 12-WAY / BLACK A/C UNIT / TOP

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationAIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY FC24 / BLACK RH FASCIA RELAYS

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

AC12 20-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

GROUNDS

Ground LocationFC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Air Conditioning Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI AC1-01 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS: B+ WHEN COMPRESSOR ENGAGED

O AC1-06 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O AC1-07 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O AC1-08 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O AC1-09 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O AC1-12 FOOTWELL VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O AC1-13 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O AC1-19 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O AC1-20 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O AC1-21 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O AC1-22 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O AC1-25 FOOTWELL SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O AC1-26 COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I AC2-01 SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V); INCREASING WITH SOLAR LOAD

I AC2-02 CENTER VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V)

I AC2-03 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V)

I AC2-05 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V)

I AC2-06 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V); DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE

I AC2-10 DEFROST VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V)

I AC2-11 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V)

I AC2-13 FOOTWELL VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V)

O AC3-01 HEATED WINDSHIELD STATUS SIGNAL

O AC3-02 CONTROL PANEL (CLOCK)

D AC3-03 SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO CONTROL PANEL

I AC3-05 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I AC3-06 HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

D AC3-07 SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM CONTROL PANEL

O AC3-08 CONTROL PANEL (START)

I AC3-11 IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I AC3-12 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

B+ AC4-01 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ AC4-02 ISOLATE RELAY CONTROLLED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I AC4-03 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I): GROUND

O AC4-04 CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ AC4-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I AC4-06 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL

I AC4-07 LOAD INHIBIT SIGNAL

SS AC4-08 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V

O AC4-09 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ACTIVATE REQUEST SIGNAL

D AC4-10 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS INPUT

O AC4-12 CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG AC4-13 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O AC4-14 CONTROL PANEL GROUND: GROUND

O AC4-15 AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I AC4-16 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

I AC4-17 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SIGNAL

O AC4-18 ASPIRATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+

SG AC4-19 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

SG AC4-20 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

D AC4-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS OUTPUT

Major Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-10 CAN +

C FC25-11 CAN +

I FC25-20 HEATED WINDSHIELD STATUS SIGNAL

O FC25-21 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SIGNAL

O FC25-22 ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT SIGNAL

C FC25-23 CAN –

C FC25-24 CAN –

O FC26-03 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL

O FC26-04 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SIGNAL

O FC26-05 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – A/CCM

I FC26-22 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST SIGNAL

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 63: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

BW

BW

Y

RU

RWUY

YR

RWROYUY

O

GWGW

GWGWNW

OG

OYU

Y

YR

UWU

YG

Y

AC4-10

AC2-01

AC3-11

W

AC4-21

O

21.2

AC4-20 BK

BAC4-13

FC3CS

IAC4-16

OY

AC4-03

WR16I

AC4-01

WU26II

AC4-05

NW40

IAC2-06

YG

AC4-08 U

AC4-19 BWAC4-18 GW

WR

WU

B

AC3-06

AC3-05

AC3-12

UYAC2-13

YGAC2-11

YBAC2-05

YAC2-03

RGAC2-02

AC2-10

AC1-06

AC1-07

AC1-08

AC1-09

AC1-12

AC1-13

AC1-19

AC1-20

AC1-21

AC1-22 NR

AC1-25 O

AC1-26 GU

AC7-1

AC7-10

AC7-2

AC7-9

AC7-3

AC7-5

AC7-4

AC7-6

AC7-8

AC7-7

AC4-02AC13-1241

AC4-15AC15-8O

FCS49FC4BR

(FC2BR)

BB

AC5-2

AC5-1

AC5-6

AC5-12

AC5-7

AC6-2

AC6-1

AC6-6

AC6-12

AC6-7

FC44-9

FC44-3

FC44-5

FC44-4

FC44-6

FC44-8

FC44-7

FC44-2

FCS34

FC12-2

FC12-1

FC12-3

AC12-18

FC12-4

FCS46

FC2BR(FC4BR)

FC52-2

FC52-1

AC15-4

LF29-2

LF29-1

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

KU UG BW PSU UO GU UY UW URBW PRG PR SR OR RY RU

GW

B

OP

OG

BW OY

U BW

υ υυ

υ

D

O

O

FC24

3

2

5

1

4

IAC4-06

RWAC12-10

AC12-9

AC12-8

B

FCS33

U

BW

UUACS4

ACS21

AC15-5

OY

LF60-11

LF60-10

AC15-12

AC15-14

AC15-13

AC15-15

AC15-17

AC15-16

AC15-9

U

AC15-10

AC15-11

WU U UYB UY GU UY OY OBW RG UY YR O RW RU

GW OGOYU RG UY YR O RW RU

FC43-1

FC43-4

FC43-3

FC43-2

FC43-6

FC43-5

FC43-7

D

D

FC43-8

FC43-9

OY

YG

RW

BW

BWU YG RW Y BWU Y R NR

BWP YG PY Y BWP YW RB NR

21.2

I

O

D

IAC1-01

RG04.2

AC12-13

RG

AC3-02

AC3-03

AC3-07

AC3-08

AC4-04

AC4-12

AC4-14

PP

I

I

I

I

D

D

B

B

10.2

10.2 R

RG

Y

YR

YG

YB

WR

WU

B

AC12-1

AC12-4

AC12-3

AC12-2

AC12-6

AC12-5

AC12-7

O

O

O

AC4-17

RUAC12-14

U

AC3-01

UYAC12-19

UY

AC4-07

UAC13-9

U

AC4-09

RWAC12-12

UY

FC26-4

FC26-3

FC26-5

FC25-21

FC25-20

FC25-22

FC26-22O

O

O I

I

O

I

I

G

YFC25-10

FC25-24

G

YFC25-11

FC25-23

C

C

C

C

+

+

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

Climate Control: Part 1 Climate Control: Part 1 Fig. 07.1

All Vehicles

NOTES:

The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM for30 seconds after the ignition is switched off to provide powerfor the A/CCM to ‘park’ the servos.

When the ignition switched ground input is interruptedduring engine cranking, the A/CCM does not drive high powerconsuming components.

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE

ENGINE SPEED

VEHICLE SPEED

REFRIGERANTPRESSURE

HEATED WINDSHIELDSTATUS

LOAD INHIBIT

COMPRESSOR CLUTCHREQUEST

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH ACTIVATED

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

AIR CONDITIONINGISOLATE RELAY

DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

CONTROL PANEL AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE(Continued Fig. 07.2)

ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY

IN-CARTEMPERATURE

SENSORASPIRATOR

MOTOR

AMBIENTTEMPERATURE

SENSOR VENT ASSEMBLY

VENTSERVO

DEFROSTSERVO

SOLARSENSOR EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY

EVAPORATORTEMPERATURE

SENSOR

HEATER MATRIXTEMPERATURE

SENSOR

COOL AIR BYPASSSERVO

FOOTWELLSERVO

FRESH / RECIRCULATIONSERVO

LH BLOWER AIR INTAKE

FRESH / RECIRCULATIONSERVO

RH BLOWER AIR INTAKE

Page 64: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 07.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 26-WAY / GREY A/C UNIT / RH SIDE

AC2 16-WAY / GREYAC3 12-WAY / GREYAC4 22-WAY / GREY

BLOWER MOTOR – LH AC5 15-WAY / GREEN A/C UNIT / LH SIDE

BLOWER MOTOR – RH AC6 15-WAY / GREEN A/C UNIT / RH SIDE

DOOR MIRROR HEATER – DRIVER DD8 12-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

DOOR MIRROR HEATER – PASSENGER DP8 12-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET

FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT11 10-WAY / BLACKBT12 10-WAY / GREENBT13 10-WAY / BLUEBT64 EYELET

HEATED REAR WINDOW RH17 1-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW / RH SIDERH18 1-WAY / BLACK

HEATER PUMP EM41 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD, LH SIDE

HEATER VALVE EM43 2-WAY / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD, LH SIDE

WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH EM49 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH EM48 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationBLOWER MOTOR RELAY – LH AC20 / BLACK DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS

BLOWER MOTOR RELAY – RH AC20 / BLACK DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS

DOOR MIRROR HEATERS RELAY FC28 / BLACK LH FASCIA RELAYS

HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R2

HEATER PUMP RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R1

WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – LH EM44 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – RH EM45 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationAC12 20-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

BT58 4-WAY / BLACK / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM

DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

LF3 13-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO

LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

Ground LocationEM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

RH2 LEFT HAND REAR QUARTER

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Air Conditioning Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO AC1-02 HEATER VALVE ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O AC1-03 RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-04 LH / RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-05 DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-16 LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-17 HEATER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-18 HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I AC2-07 RH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE; 7.6 V = LOW SPEED

O AC2-08 RH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE; 1.3 V = LOW SPEED

I AC2-15 LH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE; 7.6 V = LOW SPEED

O AC2-16 LH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE; 1.3 V = LOW SPEED

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 65: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Climate Control: Part 2 Climate Control: Part 2 Fig. 07.2

All Vehicles

I

I

AC2-7

OG

AC2-15

U

AC1-2

O

AC1-16

O

U

GR

F17 25A1

46II

BT10-8

GU

UWAC6-5

EM48-2

1

4

2

3

1

4

2

3

23

47

28II

27II

U

B

G

UR

U

B

G

OY

OG

GO

AC6-13

AC6-8

AC6-10

FC2AL

B

WU

NG

UY

AC5-5

O

U

GU

AC5-13

AC5-8

AC5-10

FC4AL

B

WU

NW

GR

WR

GW

UY

NG

WR

GO

UY

NR

RG

GR

NW

35II

87

86

EM48-1

B

EM1BL*(EM1BS)

EMS24

UYUYEM2-4AC13-8

UYBT58-3

EM49-2EM49-1

B

EM2BS(EM2BL**)

RH18RH17

B

RH2S

DD1-5

25II

WU

ACS1

DP1-5

RG

RG

DD8-11DD8-9

B

FC4AL(FC2AL)

B B

DP8-11DP8-9

B B B

RG

RG

DD1-1

DP1-1

DDS1

DPS1

10

AC15-19

36II

UAC12-17

RWAC12-16 LF60-18

EM41-2 EM41-1

EM2AR(EM1AR)

B

BEMS31 LF3-1

YEM2-5 EM43-2 EM43-1

B

AC13-10 RH2-7 BT2-1

GUGU

23

47

LHD RHD

LHD RHD

AC20

3

2

5

1

AC20

8

7

10

6

EM44

3

2

5

1

FC28

3

2

5

1

EM45

3

2

5

1

RGAC13-4

F15 10A4

60II

LF5-5

YLF7-2

RW

U

AC1-18

GU

AC2-16

GU

AC1-5

O GR

AC1-3

UY

AC2-8

GO

AC1-17

O RW

O

O

O

O

AC1-4

O UY

BT13-3

UY

5

2

3

1

R1

FC2AL(FC4AL)

5

2

3

1

R2

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

(Continued from Fig. 07.1)

NOTE: A/CCM power suppliesand grounds shown on Fig. 07.1.

HEATER VALVEHEATER PUMP

HEATER PUMP RELAY

ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX

RH BLOWER MOTORRELAY

RH BLOWER MOTOR

LH BLOWER MOTORRELAY

LH BLOWER MOTOR

RH WINDSHIELD HEATERRELAY

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER

LH WINDSHIELD HEATERRELAY

* NOTE: All LHD Adaptive SpeedControl vehicles.

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER

** NOTE: All RHD Adaptive SpeedControl vehicles.

DOOR MIRROR HEATERSRELAY

DRIVER MIRROR

PASSENGER MIRROR

HEATEDREAR WINDOW

RELAY

TRUNK FUSE BOX

HEATED REAR WINDOW

NOTE: Refer to EMS Figure 04.2 for Air Conditioning Pressure Sensorand Radiator Cooling Fans circuits.

Page 66: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 08.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationENGINE COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH EM55 2-WAY / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / COOLANT RESERVOIR

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FT3 6-WAY / NATURAL FUEL TANK EVAPORATIVE FLANGE

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

MINOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC79 20-WAY / BLACK FASCIA

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PI40 1-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH FC19 1-WAY / BLACK BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER

TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 10-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE

TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationBT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

FT1 10-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS FUEL TANK / REAR

PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

GROUNDS

Ground Location

EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Major Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ FC25-01 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

O FC25-02 MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I FC25-03 ADAPTIVE DAMPING WARNING: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

SG FC25-04 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I FC25-06 ILLUMINATION SUPPLY: B+

I FC25-07 TRIP CYCLE: GROUND (MOMENTARY)

I FC25-08 ‘A/B’ TRIP SELECT: GROUND (MOMENTARY)

I FC25-09 ‘ML/KM’ SELECT: GROUND (MOMENTARY)

C FC25-10 CAN +

C FC25-11 CAN +

S FC25-13 SCP +

S FC25-14 SCP –

I FC25-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG FC25-16 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O FC25-17 MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION SUPPLY: B+

I FC25-18 ‘CLEAR’ SELECT: GROUND (MOMENTARY)

I FC25-19 ‘000’ RESET: GROUND (MOMENTARY)

C FC25-23 CAN –

C FC25-24 CAN –

O FC25-25 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

O FC26-01 BATTERY CHARGE WARNING

O FC26-02 OIL PRESSURE WARNING

O FC26-06 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – PAS

O FC26-07 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

I FC26-08 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK: 5 V (MIDPOINT)

I FC26-09 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK: 5 V (MIDPOINT)

I FC26-10 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK: 5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3 V = NORMAL (MIDPOINT)

O FC26-11 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT: 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)

O FC26-12 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT: 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)

I FC26-13 FUEL LEVEL GAUGE SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE

O FC26-14 FUEL LEVEL GAUGE SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I FC26-15 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK: 5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3 V = NORMAL (MIDPOINT)

I FC26-16 AIR BAG MIL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED)

O FC26-17 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT: 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)

O FC26-18 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT: 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)

I FC26-19 LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC26-20 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – AUDIO

I FC26-21 DIMMER OVERRIDE: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC26-23 LOW COOLANT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC26-26 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 67: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

FC25-2

I

FC25-15

R14

BFC25-16

FC4BR(FC2BR)

BKFC25-4

YR

S

S

21.1

U

YFC25-13

FC25-14

FC25-3

FC25-1

WG33II

FC3BL

RGFC79-17

FC25-17

RWFC79-8

FC26-1

O IRFC79-11

FC26-2

O IRWFC79-18

FC26-8

OI RGFC79-13

FC26-9

OI YFC79-12

FC26-10

OI OFC79-20

FC26-11

O IGFC79-15

FC26-12

O IRUFC79-14

FC26-15

OI UYFC79-19

FC26-17

O IOYFC79-9

FC26-18

O IOGFC79-10

FC79-16

BK

FC3BL

FCS48

BK

FC25-8

UYFC27-7

FC25-19

OFC27-9

FC25-25

BRFC27-2

FC25-18

YFC27-8

FC25-9

RFC27-1

I

I

I

I

G

YFC25-10

FC25-24

G

YFC25-11

FC25-23

C

C

C

C

FCS48

FCS49

B

BK

RWFC26-14

IBWFC26-13

IGFC26-19

IOGFC26-23

OUFC26-6

OOYFC26-20

OOGFC26-7

06.2

16.1

06.3

06.3

FC25-7

YBSC2-5

I YB BKSC2-9

FC3BL

BKSCS1

BKFCS48

BKPI40-1

OY

RW

P

BT2-18

RWRH1-14

BWBT2-17

BWRH1-13

PI2-8 EM2-8

EM55-2EM55-1

BK

EM1BR(EM2BR)

EMS38

BKEM1-19

OG

OY

IYFC26-16

18.1

RGFC26-21

10.2 RUFC25-6

I

I

10.2

+

+

+

16.2

O

O

RWFT1-6

BWFT1-7

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

17.3

FT3-4

FT3-31 ΚΩ

FE 80Ω900Ω

FK1-4

FK1-3

R

B

B

BO

P

B

OYFC19 FCS56

OY IFC26-26

Instrument Clusters Instrument Clusters Fig. 08.1

All Vehicles

DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 for A/CCM /Instrument Cluster inputs / outputs.

CIRCUITS CONTINUED

RADIO / CASSETTEHEAD UNIT

POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE

PARKING BRAKESWITCH

NOTE: FCS56 – TV vehicles only.

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

FUEL TANK

OIL PRESSURESWITCH

ENGINECOOLANT LEVEL

SWITCH

ILLUMINATIONSUPPLY

DIMMEROVERRIDE

VEHICLE SPEED

VEHICLE SPEED

VEHICLE SPEED

ADAPTIVE DAMPINGWARNING

AIRBAG WARNING

PARKING BRAKE ON

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE

OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)

LOW COOLANTWARNING

ILLUMINATION

BATTERY VOLTAGE

OIL PRESSURE

BATTERY VOLTAGE

BATTERY VOLTAGE

BATTERY VOLTAGE

BATTERY VOLTAGE

OIL PRESSURE

OIL PRESSURE

OIL PRESSURE

OIL PRESSURE

TRIP SELECT

RESET

MESSAGE

IMPERIAL;METRIC;

U.S.A.

TRIP CYCLE

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

ILLUMINATIONSUPPLY

BATTERY CHARGEWARNING

OIL PRESSUREWARNING

BATTERY VOLTAGEGAUGE

BATTERY VOLTAGEGAUGE

BATTERY VOLTAGEGAUGE

BATTERY VOLTAGEGAUGE

OIL PRESSUREGAUGE

OIL PRESSUREGAUGE

OIL PRESSUREGAUGE

OIL PRESSUREGAUGE

MINORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

NOTE: Minor Instrument Cluster and wiringare deleted on Navigation vehicles.

A / B(TRIP SELECT)

000(RESET)

CLEAR

MI / KM

TRIP COMPUTERSWITCH PACK

TRIP CYCLE SWITCH

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

Page 68: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 08.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC7 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-08 AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

O FC14-82 AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER DRIVE: AUDIO OUTPUT

O FC14-83 AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER DRIVE: AUDIO OUTPUT

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

B+ FC14-104 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 69: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Audible Warnings Audible Warnings Fig. 08.2

All Vehicles

FC14-80

N15

NWFC14-104

S

S

+

U

Y

19

FC14-82

O GR

FC14-83

O GB

GR

GBSC1-10

SC1-11

FC14-84

FC14-85

21.1

FC14-32

WR15I

5II

WUFC14-15

FC14-41

IGO1

I

I

21.1

SC7-1

SC7-2

FC14-8

BWI 18.1

B

B

P

SCP SOURCES:• TURN SIGNALS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2, Fig. 09.3• VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1• MEMORY – Fig. 11.1, Fig. 11.2, Fig. 12.1• CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT – Fig. 15.2• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1• NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH – Fig. 05.3• SEAT BELT SWITCH – Fig. 12.1, Fig. 12.2

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE:AUDIBLE WARNING (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SPEAKER

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

AUDIBLE WARNINGS:• AIRBAG WARNING• TURN SIGNALS• HAZARD WARNING• SIDE LAMPS ON• VALET MODE WARNING• GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK• MEMORY CHIME• SECURITY ARM / DISARM• CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT (CONVERTIBLE VEHICLES)• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)• DRIVER SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED• ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL FORWARD ALERT

Page 70: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 09.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET

FRONT FOG LAMP – LH LF32 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL

FRONT FOG LAMP – RH LF22 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL

FRONT LAMP UNIT – LH (NON-HID) LF31 6-WAY / BLACK LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

FRONT LAMP UNIT – RH (NON-HID) LF21 6-WAY / BLACK RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE

LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

SIDE MARKER – LH FRONT LF11 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER

SIDE MARKER – RH FRONT LF10 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER

SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – LH LF4 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER

SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – RH EL5 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER

SWITCH PACK – CENTER CONSOLE FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationDIP BEAM RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R3

FRONT FOG RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R2

MAIN BEAM RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R5

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

EL6 2-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

GROUNDS

Ground LocationEM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP

LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-01 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

O FC14-02 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)

O FC14-03 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)

I FC14-06 HEADLAMP DIPPED BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-14 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-16 SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE / FRONT FOG LAMP STATUS: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O FC14-27 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)

O FC14-28 RH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

I FC14-30 HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-38 FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-39 AUTO LAMPS SIGNAL †

I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-45 MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O FC14-53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

O FC14-54 LH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

I FC14-56 ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (HOOD OPEN)

I FC14-59 HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-61 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

B+ FC14-79 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LIGHTING) : B+

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

O FC14-81 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

I FC14-88 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-96 HAZARD STATUS INDICATOR: B+ (PULSED)

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 71: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

FC14-38

I

FC14-84

FC14-80

N15

RU

FC14-79

NG52

S

FC14-85

SY

U

FC14-41

GO

5II

WUFC14-15

F6 20A

4

U

OYLF6-4

FC14-59

IY

FC14-30

IU

FC14-14

IO

FC14-88

IYG

FC14-61

IWG

FC14-81

O GR

FC14-28

O RW

FC14-3

O W

FC14-1

O BG

FC14-54

O G

FC14-27

O GO

FC14-2

O GW

FC14-53

O R

FC14-45

O U

B

B

LF31-3

LF31-4LF31-2

LF32-1 LF32-2

B

LF31-1

LF31-6LF31-5

R

GW

BGLF11-1 LF11-2

BGOLF4-1 LF4-2

B

B

LF21-3

LF21-4LF21-2

LF22-1 LF22-2

OY

U

BLF21-1

LF21-6

LF21-5

N

W

BRWLF10-1 LF10-2

BGREL5-1 EL5-2

OFC14-96

N

FC14-6

UY

FC14-16

RW

FC14-68

O OG

F19 10A

RG

ULF7-10

LF5-7

F17 15A

OGN

LF8-10

F8 20A

ULF6-8

F21 10A

UYLF5-4

OLF8-3

LF1-7

LF1-5

LF1-6

LF1-10

LF1-2

LF1-9

LF1-3

LF1-11

LF1-1

LF1-8

EM2-16

4

4

60II

OG

EL6-1

GR

LFS9

LF2BS

LFS8

LF1AL

EM2AR(EM1AR)

B BEL6-2 EMS31

B

B

FC55-3FC55-16

OGFC55-18FC55-9

NR16

BFCS49

B

FC4BR(FC2BR)

FC55-20

FC55-17

FC55-19

FC55-1

SC2-9

BK

SC2-2

FC3BL

BKSCS1FCS48

BK

SC2-6

SC2-7

SC2-8

L

R

U

U

YG

WG

SC2-4

UY

SC2-3

RWSCS2

RW RWFCS9

RW10.2

I

I

4

4

BK

1

I

I

+

SC2-1

YUYU11.3

21.1

21.1

RFC55-4

R10.2

B

B

P

SCP

LF5-8FCS37

OGOFC14-20

LF6-9

3

1

5

2

R3

3

1

5

2

R5

3

1

5

2

R2

34II

WR

RF2-3

BK

FC3BR

RF5-6 RFS1

BKBK

RF2-5

RM1-1

RM1-3

BK

RM1-8

YU

YU YURF1-11

IFC14-39

O

Exterior Lighting: Front Exterior Lighting: Front Fig. 09.1

Non HID Headlamp Vehicles

REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / BPM LIGHTING

MESSAGES

FRONT FOG STATE

REAR FOG STATE

FRONT FOG

REAR FOG

HAZARD

HAZARD STATE

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DIMMER MODULE:HAZARD SWITCH

LOCATE ILLUMINATION

REAR VIEW MIRRORS:AUTO HEADLAMPS /

MIRROR TINT

DIMMER MODULE:SIDE LAMPS ON

HEADLAMPFLASH

HEADLAMPMAIN BEAM

TURNSIGNALS

SIDE

DIP

AUTO

DIP

SIDE

LIGHTING STALK

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

NOTE: “Crank” input used with Daytime Running Lamps.

LOGIC

LIGHTING

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

NOTES: Turn signal bulb failure – BPM internal function.Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function.

FRONT FOG RELAY

MAIN BEAM RELAY

DIP BEAM RELAY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

LH FRONT FOG LAMP

RH FRONT FOG LAMP

MAIN

DIP

SIDE LAMP

TURN

LH FRONT LAMP UNIT

MAIN

DIP

SIDE LAMP

TURN

RH FRONT LAMP UNIT

LH SIDE MARKER(NAS ONLY)

LH SIDETURN SIGNAL REPEATER

(ROW)

RH SIDE MARKER(NAS ONLY)

RH SIDETURN SIGNAL REPEATER

(ROW)

AUTO LAMPSSENSOR

INTERIORREAR VIEW MIRROR

Page 72: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 09.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET

FRONT FOG LAMP – LH LF32 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL

FRONT FOG LAMP – RH LF22 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL

HID HEADLAMP UNIT – LH LF30 9-WAY / BLACK LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

HID HEADLAMP UNIT – RH LF23 9-WAY / BLACK RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE

LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

SIDE MARKER – LH FRONT LF11 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER

SIDE MARKER – RH FRONT LF10 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER

SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – LH LF4 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER

SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – RH EL5 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER

SWITCH PACK – CENTER CONSOLE FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationMAIN BEAM RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R3

FRONT FOG RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R2

DIP BEAM RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R5

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

EL6 2-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

GROUNDS

Ground LocationEM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP

LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-01 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

O FC14-02 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)

I FC14-06 HEADLAMP DIPPED BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-08 AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-14 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-16 SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE / FRONT FOG LAMP STATUS: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O FC14-27 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)

O FC14-28 RH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

I FC14-30 HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-38 FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-39 AUTO LAMPS SIGNAL †

I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-45 MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O FC14-53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

O FC14-54 LH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

I FC14-59 HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-61 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

B+ FC14-79 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LIGHTING) : B+

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

O FC14-81 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

I FC14-88 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-96 HAZARD STATUS INDICATOR: B+ (PULSED)

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 73: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

FC14-38

I

FC14-84

FC14-80

N15

RU

FC14-79

NG52

S

FC14-85

SY

U

FC14-41

GO

5II

WUFC14-15

F19 10A

4

U

OYLF7-10

FC14-59

IY

FC14-30

IU

FC14-14

IO

FC14-88

IYG

FC14-61

IWG

FC14-81

O GR

FC14-28

O RW

FC14-3

O W

FC14-1

O BG

FC14-54

O G

FC14-27

O GO

FC14-2

O GWFC14-53

O R

FC14-45

O U

B

B

LF30-7

LF30-8

LF30-4

LF32-1 LF32-2

B

LF30-6

LF30-3

LF30-9

R

GW

BGLF11-1 LF11-2

BGOLF4-1 LF4-2

B

B

LF23-7

LF23-8

LF23-4

LF22-1 LF22-2

OY

U

B

LF23-6

LF23-3

LF23-9

N

W

BRWLF10-1 LF10-2

BGREL5-1 EL5-2

OFC14-96

N

FC14-6

UY

FC14-16

RW

FC14-68

O OGF6 20A

RG ULF6-4LF6-9

F17 15A

OG

NLF8-10

F21 10A

ULF5-4

F8 20A

UYLF6-8

OLF8-3

LF1-7

LF1-5

LF1-6

LF1-10

LF1-2

LF1-9

LF1-3

LF1-11

LF1-1

LF1-8

EM2-16

4

4

60II

OG

EL6-1

GR

LFS9

LF2BS

LFS8

LF1AL

EM2AR(EM1AR)

B BEL6-2 EMS31

B

B

FC55-3FC55-16

OGFC55-18FC55-9

NR16

BFCS49

B

FC4BR(FC2BR)

FC55-20

FC55-17

FC55-19

FC55-1

SC2-9

BK

SC2-2

FC3BL

BKSCS1FCS48

BK

SC2-6

SC2-7

SC2-8

L

R

U

U

YG

WG

SC2-4

UY

SC2-3

RWSCS2

RW RWFCS9

RW10.2

I

I

4

4

BK

1

I

I

+

SC2-1

YUYU11.3

21.1

21.1

RFC55-4

R10.2

B

B

P

LF5-8FCS37

OGOFC14-20

LF5-7

3

1

5

2

R2

3

1

5

2

R3

3

1

5

2

R5

HI1-1

HI1-8LF30-1

LF23-1

B

B

56II

57II

WR

WRHI1-7

P

HI2-1

HI2-2

HI2-3

HI2-4

HJ2-1

HJ2-2

HJ2-3

HJ2-4

HJ1-1

HJ1-8HJ1-7P

SCP

34II

WR

RF2-3

BK

FC3BR

RF5-6 RFS1

BKBK

RF2-5

RM1-1

RM1-3

BK

RM1-8

YU

YU YURF1-11

IFC14-39

O

Exterior Lighting: Front – HID Exterior Lighting: Front – HID Fig. 09.2

HID Headlamp Vehicles

REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / BPM LIGHTING

MESSAGES

FRONT FOG STATE

REAR FOG STATE

FRONT FOG

REAR FOG

HAZARD

HAZARD STATE

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DIMMER MODULE:HAZARD SWITCH

LOCATE ILLUMINATION

REAR VIEW MIRRORS:AUTO HEADLAMPS /

MIRROR TINT

DIMMER MODULE:SIDE LAMPS ON

HEADLAMPFLASH

HEADLAMPMAIN BEAM

TURNSIGNALS

SIDE

DIP

AUTO

DIP

SIDE

LIGHTING STALK

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

NOTE: “Crank” input used with Daytime Running Lamps.

LOGIC

LIGHTING

BODY PROCESSOR MODULENOTES: Turn signal bulb failure – BPM internal function.

Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function.

FRONT FOG RELAY

MAIN BEAM RELAY

DIP BEAM RELAY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

LH FRONT FOG LAMP

RH FRONT FOG LAMP

MAIN

SIDE LAMP

TURN

DIP

DIP

HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE *

LH FRONT LAMP UNIT

MAIN

SIDE LAMP

TURN

DIP

DIP

HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE *

RH FRONT LAMP UNIT

LH SIDE MARKER(NAS ONLY)

LH SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER

(ROW)

RH SIDE MARKER(NAS ONLY)

RH SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER

(ROW)

* NOTE: Ballast integral within Control Module. Refer to Fig. 09.4 foradditional Headlamp Leveling Control Module details.

AUTO LAMPSSENSOR

INTERIORREAR VIEW MIRROR

Page 74: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 09.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH AC24 4-WAY / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT11 10-WAY / BLACKBT12 10-WAY / GREENBT13 10-WAY / BLUEBT64 EYELET

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP – CONVERTIBLE BL8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / UNDERSIDE OF LID

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP – COUPE RH8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / REARWARD OF SUB WOOFER SPEAKER

INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE

LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

NUMBER PLATE LAMP – LH BL4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID / LINER

NUMBER PLATE LAMP – RH BL5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID / LINER

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT41 26-WAY / BLACKBT42 10-WAY / BLACKRH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR

SIDE MARKER – LH REAR BT27 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH SIDE

SIDE MARKER – RH REAR BT26 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE

SWITCH PACK – CENTER CONSOLE FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH BT31 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH SIDE

TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH BT30 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationREAR FOG RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R1

STOP LAMP RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R5

TAIL LAMP RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R3

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationAC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

BB1 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

BL1 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER / RH SIDE

BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

GROUNDS

Ground LocationBT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY

BT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR

BT3 TRUNK, LEFT REAR

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

RH1 RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-06 HEADLAMP DIPPED BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-12 REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-16 SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-39 AUTO LAMPS SIGNAL †

I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-44 REAR FOG LAMP STATUS: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O FC14-50 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)

I FC14-61 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-76 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)

B+ FC14-79 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LIGHTING) : B+

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

I FC14-88 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-95 TAIL LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

B+ FC14-104 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

Major Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-11 CAN +

S FC25-13 SCP +

S FC25-14 SCP –

C FC25-23 CAN –

Security and Locking Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO BT40-05 REVERSE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

B+ BT40-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

O BT40-07 REAR FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

S BT40-08 SCP +

SG BT40-13 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

SG BT40-14 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S BT40-16 SCP –

O BT41-12 SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I BT41-13 SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O BT42-01 RH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O BT42-02 LH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O BT42-03 RH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O BT42-04 LH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O BT42-05 NUMBER PLATE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I BT42-06 RH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I BT42-07 LH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I BT42-08 RH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I BT42-09 LH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I BT42-10 NUMBER PLATE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 75: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

21.1

21.1 21.1

21.1

Y

GO

FC14-84

FC14-80

N15

FC14-79

NG52

S

FC14-85

SY

U

5II

WUFC14-15

1

46II

FC14-12

IW

BT31-7

BT31-4

O

Y

BBT31-1 BT31-6

BT31-3

RU

GW

BRUBL4-1 BL4-2

BRW

BT27-1 BT27-2

OFC14-44

U

FC14-50

O GWBT1-2

BT3S

B

FC55-18FC55-9

NR16

FC55-20

FC55-17

FC55-19FC55-16

B

FC55-1FC4BR(FC2BR)

FCS49

B

FC14-104

NW19

OBT12-2

OGBT10-5

RBT12-10

RWBT10-4

RUBT10-7

UYBT11-7

UBT11-8

OGBT11-9

F15 10A

#8 5A

#19 5A

#21 5A1

1

#6 5A

OBT11-4

BT40-16

S

BT40-8

S

SCP

Y

U

BT40-6

NR53

BT40-5

YBT40-13

BK

BT1AR

BT40-7

OG

BT41-13

BT31-2

U

BT30-5

BT30-6

OY

BBT30-7 BT30-2

BT30-1

RG

O

BRU

BL5-1 BL5-2

BRW

BT26-1 BT26-2

BT30-4

RW

R

O

UY

RW

RU

U

RU

OY

RG

FC14-76

O GOBT1-1

FC14-95

O RU

RH2-3

RH2-1

GW

GO

BB1-2

RUBL1-2

RU

BT2-9RH2-16

RU

BTS40

BTS9

BTS3

BLS2

BTS17

BT2AR

B

BTS23

BLS1

BL1-1

BB1-1

B

B

B

6II

OGWU AC24-1AC24-4 AC13-3

(CONV.)

(COUPE)

U

U U

U UBB1-3 BL1-3

RH1S

B

RHS2

B(CONV.)

(COUPE)

BL8-1 (CONV.)RH8-2 (COUPE)

BL8-2 (CONV.)RH8-1 (COUPE)

B

B

BT40-14

BK

BK

BTS21

RH1-19

OGBT1-9

OG OGBTS5

Y

GFC25-11

FC25-23

C

C

+

–S

S

+

FC25-14

U

FC25-13

Y

1

1

+

1 I

I

GO

+

BT11-5

BT3S

B

BTS23

BL1-1

BB1-1

B

B

BBLS1

FC14-41

BT1-17

FC14-88

IYG

FC14-61

IWGSC2-7

SC2-8

L

R

YG

WG

FC14-6

UY

FC14-16

RWSC2-9

BK

FC3BL

BKSCS1FCS48

BK

SC2-4

UY

SC2-3

RWSCS2

RW RWFCS9

RW10.2

I

IBK

SC2-1

YUYU11.3

21.1

21.1

Y17.417.3

U

BT42-4

BT42-8

BT42-6

BT42-7

BT41-12

BT42-5

BT42-3

BT42-2

BT42-1

RBT42-10

BT42-9

RW

Y19.1

BTS7

BTS8

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

O

I

O

O

04.2

B

B

B

21.1

21.1

P

B

(CONV)

RHS4

UU

3

1

5

2

R5

3

1

5

2

R3

3

1

5

2

R1

34II

WR

RF2-3

BK

FC3BR

RF5-6 RFS1

BKBKRF2-5

RM1-1

RM1-3

BK

RM1-8

YU

YU YURF1-11

IFC14-39

O

Exterior Lighting: Rear Exterior Lighting: Rear Fig. 09.3

All Vehicles

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH

REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / BPM / SLCM LIGHTING MESSAGES

REVERSE GEAR

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

FRONT FOG STATE

REAR FOG STATE

FRONT FOG

REAR FOG

HAZARD

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

REAR VIEW MIRRORS:AUTO HEADLAMPS /

MIRROR TINT

DIMMER MODULE:SIDE LAMPS ON

TURNSIGNALS

DIP

SIDE

AUTO

DIP

SIDE

LIGHTING STALK

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activatesgeneral bulb failure output.

LOGIC

LIGHTING

LIGHTING

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

NOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive Damping only.

STOP LAMP RELAY

TAIL LAMP RELAY

REAR FOG RELAY

TRUNK FUSE BOX

BULB FAILURESENSING

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

ECM: BRAKE ON / OFF

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP

LH SIDE MARKER(NAS ONLY)

FOG

REVERSE

TAIL

STOP

TURN

LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

LH NUMBER PLATE LAMP

RH NUMBER PLATE LAMP

TURN

STOP

TAIL

REVERSE

FOG

RH TAIL LAMP UNIT

RH SIDE MARKER(NAS ONLY)

NAVIGATION:REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

PARKING AID:REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

AUTO LAMPSSENSOR

INTERIORREAR VIEW MIRROR

Page 76: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 09.4

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationHEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – LH LF34 3-WAY / BLACK HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY / REAR

HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – RH LF24 3-WAY / BLACK HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY / REAR

HEADLAMP LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

HID HEADLAMP UNIT – LH LF30 9-WAY / BLACK LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

HID HEADLAMP UNIT – RH LF23 9-WAY / BLACK RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

RIDE HEIGHT SENSOR – FRONT AXLE LF33 6-WAY / BLACK FRONT SUSPENSION

RIDE HEIGHT SENSOR – REAR AXLE XL1 6-WAY / BLACK REAR SUSPENSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

BT3 20-WAY / YELLOW / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

LF59 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RH13 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

RL2 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO LH REAR WHEEL LINK HARNESS ABOVE REAR AXLE / LEFT HAND SIDE

XL2 4-WAY / BLACK / LH REAR WHEEL LINK HARNESS TO RIDE HEIGHT SENSOR LINK HARNESS ABOVE REAR AXLE / LEFT HAND SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground LocationBT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP

LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH

Page 77: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

WRLF34-3

LF34-2

WRLF24-3

LF24-2

53II

54II

55II

LF34-1

LF24-1

GW

GW

LFS6

GWLF60-15

GW

LFS9

LF2BS

BB

LFS8

LF1AL

BB

0

BKFCS47

FC3BR

BK

FC55-6

FC55-5

FC55-2

1

2

3

WR

390 Ω

YLF33-5

BT2AR

50II

LF33-4

LF33-2

LF33-1

XL1-4

XL1-1

W

U

B

W

B

XL2-4

LF30-2

LF30-1 LF30-5

LF23-2

LF23-1 LF23-5

B

WRXL1-5

B

XL1-2

B

Y

UWRWR

BTS10

RL2-1

RL2-2

XL2-3

XL2-2

51II

Y

U

O

O

P

P

I

RL2-4 BT3-19 RH13-12 LF59-3

XL2-1 RL2-3

B

B B

W W W W W

BBTS17

LFS9

LF2BS

B

I PWM

LFS1

B

I PWM

56II

57II

W

D

DWR

W

WR

O

O 21.2

21.2

P

P

HI1-4

HI1-7 HI1-2

HI1-8

HI1-6

HI1-9

HI1-10

HI1-11

HJ1-4

HJ1-7 HJ1-2

HJ1-8

HJ1-6

HJ1-9

HJ1-10

HJ1-11

HI1-12

HJ1-12

BLF30-3

LF1AL

BLF23-3

LFS8

B

Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling Fig. 09.4

Headlamp Leveling Vehicles

LEVELING SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SERVOAMPLIFIER

LH HEADLAMPLEVELING ACTUATOR

SERVOAMPLIFIER

RH HEADLAMPLEVELING ACTUATOR

DRIVER-CONTROLLED HEADLAMP LEVELING

AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP LEVELING (HID HEADLAMPS)

FRONT AXLERIDE HEIGHT

SENSOR

REAR AXLERIDE HEIGHT

SENSOR

LH HID HEADLAMP UNIT

RH HID HEADLAMP UNIT

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE *

STEPPERMOTOR

ANDACTUATOR

HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE *

STEPPERMOTOR

ANDACTUATOR

* NOTE: Refer to Fig. 09.2 for Headlamp LevelingControl Module exterior lighting details.

Page 78: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 10.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

DIODE (BT29) – TRUNK SWITCH BT29 DIODE TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY

DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

DOOR AJAR SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 22-WAY / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDP11 22-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

FOOTWELL LAMP – DRIVER FC31 2-WAY / BLACK LH FOOTWELL

FOOTWELL LAMP – PASSENGER FC32 2-WAY / BLACK RH FOOTWELL

GLOVE BOX LAMP FC33 1-WAY / CLEAR GLOVE BOXFC34 1-WAY / CLEAR

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN

PUDDLE LAMP – DRIVER DOOR DD14 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

PUDDLE LAMP – PASSENGER DOOR DP14 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR

REAR INTERIOR LAMP RH3 2-WAY / WHITE REAR CENTER OF HEAD LINING

ROOF CONSOLE RF10 6-WAY / GREY ROOF CONSOLE

TRUNK LAMP – LH BT56 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / LH SIDE

TRUNK LAMP – RH BT59 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDE

TRUNK SWITCH BT46 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK

VANITY LAMP – LH RF8 3-WAY / YELLOW SUN VISOR

VANITY LAMP – RH RF7 3-WAY / YELLOW SUN VISOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM

DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

Ground LocationBT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

RH1 RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

O FC14-24 INTERIOR LIGHTING ACTIVATE (FADE 1) : TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-67 KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-74 INTERIOR LIGHTING ACTIVATE (FADE 21) : TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

O FC14-101 INTERIOR LIGHTING ENABLE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

B+ FC14-104 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

Driver Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S DD10-09 SCP –

O DD10-14 DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

S DD10-16 SCP +

PG DD10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I DD11-04 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)

Passenger Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DP10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

SG DP10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S DP10-09 SCP –

O DP10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

S DP10-16 SCP +

PD DP10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I DP11-20 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 79: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Interior Lighting Interior Lighting Fig. 10.1

All Vehicles

FC14-24

O

FC14-84

FC14-80

N15

NW

S

FC14-85

SY

U

GOFC14-41

DD3-6DD3-7

1

DD10-14DD11-20

OI

DD10-1

N25

BK

FC4AR(FC2AR)

GW

B

GW

S

S Y

UDD10-9

DD10-16

DP10-14

O

DP10-1

N50

GW

S

S Y

UDP10-9

DP10-16

BK

BK

DD10-8

DD10-17

DDS7

BK

FC2AR(FC4AR)

BDP10-8

DP10-17

DD1-2

DD1-21

B

DP3-6DP3-7 DP11-20

IGWBK

DPS7DP1-2

DP1-21

BK

B

BK

BK

GW

GW B

B

DD14-2 DD14-1

DP14-2 DP14-1

NW BFC31-2 FC31-1

NW BFC32-2 FC32-1

NW BRH3-2 RH3-1

RW RWBT56-2 BT56-1

RW RWBT59-2 BT59-1

BFC33 FC34FC14-101

O RW

FC14-74

O RW

FCS1

RH2-5

RH2-6 BT1-5 BTS25 BTS26RW RW RW

FCS36RW

NW

BKRF8-3RF8-1

BKRF7-3RF7-1

RW

RW

RF5-5

RW RFS2

RW

BKRF10-1

RF10-4

RF10-5

RF1-12

RW

BT29BT29-1 BT29-2

RW RWBTS6

RWBT46-1BT46-2

BK

SCP

FCS46

B

FC2BR(FC4BR)

BTS21

BT1AR

BK

FCS46

B

FC2BR(FC4BR)

RFS1

BKRF5-6

DD1-1

BK

FC3BR

DDS1

B

FC4AL(FC2AL)

DP1-1DPS1

B

FC2AL(FC4AL)

B

B

RH1S

RHS2

B

+

+

+

FC14-104

NW19

DD11-4

I

DD11-12

I

NG

OY

37 DD3-10

DD3-12

DD3-11

NW

I

WUFC14-15

I

WRFC14-32

I15I

5II

FC4-4FC4-5

BKFCS48

FC3BL

BKFC14-67

IO

RW

FCS50

B

FC4BL(FC2BL)

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

B

B

P

P

B

B

P

REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / BPM / DDCM / PDCM

INTERIOR LIGHTING MESSAGES

IGNITION SWITCH(KEY-IN SWITCH)

LOCK

UNLOCK

KEY BARREL

DRIVER DOOR LOCKSWITCHES

DRIVER DOORAJAR SWITCH

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOORAJAR SWITCH

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch offinterior lamps during engine cranking.

LOGIC

LIGHTING

FADE 1

ILLUMINATIONENABLE

FADE 2

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

DRIVER FOOTWELLLAMP

PASSENGER FOOTWELLLAMP

REAR INTERIOR LAMP(COUPE ONLY)

LH TRUNK LAMP

RH TRUNK LAMP

GLOVE BOX LAMP

TRUNK SWITCH

LH VANITY LAMP

RH VANITY LAMP

LH MAP LAMPSWITCH

RH MAP LAMPSWITCH

LH MAP LAMP

RH MAP LAMP

ROOF CONSOLE

DRIVER DOORPUDDLE LAMP

PASSENGER DOORPUDDLE LAMP

Page 80: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 10.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH FC63 10-WAY / NATURAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL FC43 12-WAY / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE

CIGAR LIGHTER FC42 2-WAY / METALLIC FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTORFC59 1-WAY / BLACK

CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH FC62 10-WAY / BLACK FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR

DIMMER CONTROL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC11 6-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN COWL

DIMMER MODULE FC23 12-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / ADJACENT TO RH SIDE FUSE BOX

FORWARD ALERT SWITCH FC102 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER

J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE FC88 10-WAY / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY

LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

MINOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC79 20-WAY / BLACK FASCIA

MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) FC35 10-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE IC22 16-WAY / BLACKIC23 24-WAY / BLACK

NAVIGATION DISPLAY MODULE FC97 12-WAY / BLACK BEHIND NAVIGATION DISPLAYFC98 16-WAY / BLACK

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIC19 12-WAY / WHITEIC20 26-WAY / YELLOW

ROOF CONSOLE RF10 6-WAY / GREY ROOF CONSOLE

SWITCH PACK – CENTER CONSOLE FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR DD17 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR DP17 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR

TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 10-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE

TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH FC41 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE

VALET SWITCH FC67 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM

DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

IC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

GROUNDS

Ground Location

CE2 ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Dimmer Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC23-01 ILLUMINATION ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DIMMER MODULE SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O FC23-02 ILLUMINATION ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DIMMER MODULE SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I FC23-03 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY: GROUND (IGNITION I)

I FC23-04 SIDE LAMPS ON SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC23-05 DIMMER SENSOR SIGNAL: 1.3 V = DIM; 4 V = BRIGHT

SG FC23-06 DIMMER SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

O FC23-07 ILLUMINATION ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DIMMER MODULE SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O FC23-08 ILLUMINATION ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DIMMER MODULE SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

PG FC23-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ FC23-10 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ FC23-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

SS FC23-12 DIMMER SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 81: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

FC23-8

FC23-4

O

I

B

FC2BR(FC4BR)

R

RW

FC23-3

WR13I

FC23-6

RW

FCS4

FC79-8

NR49

Y

GG

UYUY

Y

RG

SC11-4

SC11-5

SC11-6

SC11-2

BK

FC3BL

BKSCS1FCS48

BK

SC2-4

UY

SC2-3

RWSCS2

RW RWFCS9

RW09.2

RW

RG

SC11-3

RW

SC3-8

SC3-11

SC3-10

SC3-9

G

UY

Y

RG

FC23-5

FC23-12

I

FC23-11

NR48FC23-10

FC23-9 FCS46

B

FC25-17

FC25-6

FC26-21

FC55-10

FC55-4

FCS72

IC20-20

IC20-21

FC43-9

FC23-2

ORUFC23-1

ORU

RU RG

FC23-7

O RUFCS73

RU

RU

IC1-6

RG

IC1-5

RG

RG

RGRG

FCS3

FC43-7

FC55-16

B

FC79-16

BK

FC25-16

B B

FC63-10

BFC63-5 FC63-1

RU

RU

FC35-10

FC35-1FC35-5

RG

BKFCS47

BK

FC3BR

RU BFC62-9 FC62-7

R

BFC27-3 FC27-4

BDD17-5DD17-4

R

R

BFC41-4 FC41-2

R

BFC59 FC42-1

R BFC88-5 FC88-10

R BFC67-9 FC67-5

RBDP17-3 DP17-4

R

FC4BL(FC2BL)

FC4BR(FC2BR)

FC2AL(FC4AL)

DP1-9

BDD5-9DD5-1

R

FC4BR(FC2BR)

FCS49B

B

AC15-7

R

ACS7DDS5 DD1-9

R R

R

FC4AL(FC2AL)

FC4BR(FC2BR)

FC3BL

FCS48

BK

FCS49

B

CE2AS

FCS49B

FCS50

B

BDDS1DD1-1

B

BDPS1DP1-1

B

BK

09.1

I

14.1

SC2-9 R

FC97-12

IC22-14

IC1-20

RURG RG

RG

IC19-6

RUBKRF10-1 RF10-6

FC3BR

BKRFS1RF5-6

BKRF1-21

RU

07.1

FC55-3

N 09.1

P

B

B

BFC102-9 FC102-5

RU

R

FC43-8

CE2BS

BK

FC97-11

FC97-2

093

Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Fig. 10.2

All Vehicles

MINORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE

DIMMEROVERRIDE

NAVIGATIONDISPLAY RADIO

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL PANEL

A/CCM: GROUND

BPM: HAZARD STATE

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DIMMEROVERRIDE

SIDE

DIMMER CONTROL

DIP

AUTO

DIP

SIDE

LIGHTING STALK

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

BPM: SIDE LAMPS ON

DIMMER MODULE

ROOF CONSOLE

DRIVER DOORSWITCH PACK

DRIVER DOOR MEMORYSWITCH PACK

PASSENGER DOORSWITCH PACK

DIMMEROVERRIDE

TRANSMISSIONMODE SWITCH

CONVERTIBLE TOPSWITCH

CIGAR LIGHTER

DIMMEROVERRIDE

ADAPTIVESPEED LIMIT SWITCH

TRIP COMPUTERSWITCH PACK

TRUNK AND FUEL FILLRELEASE SWITCH

FORWARD ALERTSWITCH

J GATEILLUMINATION MODULE

VALET SWITCH

Page 82: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 11.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC9 6-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

COLUMN JOY STICK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC9 6-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN

NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY

STEERING COLUMN MOTORS FC60 6-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMNFC61 8-WAY / YELLOW

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationDD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM

SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

GROUNDS

Ground LocationFC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-11 AUTO TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

PG FC14-25 COLUMN MOTORS GROUND: GROUND

I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

SS FC14-40 COLUMN MOTORS POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL SUPPLY: 5 V (NOMINAL)

I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-52 COLUMN REACH MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-66 COLUMN REACH MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE / IN = HIGHER VOLTAGE; OUT = LOWER VOLTAGE

I FC14-67 KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-78 COLUMN REACH MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

I FC14-87 COLUMN JOY STICK SWITCH SIGNAL: VARYING VOLTAGE WHEN ACTIVATED

SG FC14-90 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

SG FC14-91 COLUMN REACH MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I FC14-93 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE / UP = HIGHER VOLTAGE; DOWN = LOWER VOLTAGE

O FC14-99 COLUMN TILT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

O FC14-100 COLUMN TILT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

B+ FC14-102 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (MOTORS) : B+

Driver Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S DD10-09 SCP –

S DD10-16 SCP +

PG DD10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O DD11-02 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED: GROUND (LED ON)

I DD11-06 MEMORY SET REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)

I DD11-21 MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-22 MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 83: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Steering Column Movement Steering Column Movement Fig. 11.1

All Vehicles

FC14-40

FC14-87

I

FC14-84

FC14-80

N15

WU

Y

S

FC14-85

SY

U

FC14-32

WR15I

FC14-102

N42

FC4-4FC4-5

BKFCS48

FC3BL

BKFC14-67

IO

FC14-11

IYB

20 NR Y

270 Ω

100 Ω

470 Ω

820 Ω

SC3-5 SC3-6

SC2-9

BK BKSCS1

YBSC3-7

BKFCS48

FC3BL

BK

FC14-93

Y

FC14-99

O UY

FC14-100

O BR

FC14-66

RU

FC14-78

O U

FC14-52

O BW

BG

WU Y UY BR

FC60-5

FC60-3

FC60-1

FC60-6

BW

WU RU U BW

FC61-6

FC61-3

FC61-4

FC61-1

FC61-8

FC60-2

FCS17

I

I

+

DD11-21

IO

DD11-6

IWU

DD11-22

IUY

DD11-2

U

34DD5-7DD5-5

DD5-10

DD5-6

DD5-8

NW

DD10-1

N25

FC14-15

WUFC14-41

GO I

I

I

1

5II

BK

DD3-6DD3-7 DD11-20

I

BK

FC4AR(FC2AR)

B

GWBK

DD10-8

DD10-17

DDS7DD1-2

DD1-21

B

BK

DD10-9

S

DD10-16

SY

U –

+

FC14-58

IFC87-1

YBBKFCS47

FC3BR

FC87-3

BK

FC14-91

FC14-90

BFC14-25

FC2BR(FC4BR)

FCS46

B

SC9-1 SC9-3

SC9-7 SC9-5

NR

O

BG BW

SCP

P

B

21.1

21.1

P

P

21.1

21.1

B

B

REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / BPM / DDCM MESSAGES

IGNITION SWITCH(KEY-IN SWITCH)

NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH

COLUMN JOY STICK

AUTO TILT SWITCH

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

NOTE: Memory circuit –Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.

MEMORY 1

MEMORY SET

MEMORY 2

SET MEMORY STATUS

DRIVER DOOR MEMORYSWITCH PACK

DRIVER DOORAJAR SWITCH

LOGIC

COLUMNMOTORS

COLUMNMOTORSGROUND

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

STEERING COLUMN MOTORS

Page 84: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 11.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 22-WAY / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDP11 22-WAY / BLACK

DOOR MIRROR MOTOR – DRIVER MD1 8-WAY / BLUE BEHIND MIRROR

DOOR MIRROR MOTOR – PASSENGER MP1 8-WAY / BLUE BEHIND MIRROR

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

MIRROR JOY STICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD17 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM

DD8 12-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER DOOR MIRROR TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

DP8 12-WAY/ BLUE / PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

GROUNDS

Ground LocationFC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

Driver Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

SS DD10-02 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY : B+

O DD10-03 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR ACTIVATE: B+ = RIGHT, GROUND = LEFT

O DD10-04 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR ACTIVATE: B+ = UP, GROUND = DOWN

SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S DD10-09 SCP –

SS DD10-13 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

PG DD10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O DD10-20 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR SENSOR COMMON SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I DD10-21 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RIGHT

I DD10-22 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 1 V = DOWN; 8 V = UP

I DD11-01 MIRROR SELECT: B+ = UP / RIGHT; GROUND = DOWN / LEFT

O DD11-02 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED: GROUND (LED ON)

I DD11-03 RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ = DOWN; GROUND = UP

I DD11-06 MEMORY SET REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-09 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ = LEFT; GROUND = RIGHT

I DD11-10 LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ = LEFT; GROUND = RIGHT

I DD11-17 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ = DOWN; GROUND = UP

I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)

I DD11-21 MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-22 MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

Major Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-11 CAN +

S FC25-13 SCP +

S FC25-14 SCP –

C FC25-23 CAN –

Passenger Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DP10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

SS DP10-02 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY : B+

O DP10-03 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR ACTIVATE: B+ = RIGHT, GROUND = LEFT

O DP10-04 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR ACTIVATE: B+ = UP, GROUND = DOWN

SG DP10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S DP10-09 SCP –

S DP10-16 SCP +

PG DP10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O DP10-20 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR SENSOR COMMON SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I DP10-21 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RIGHT

I DP10-22 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 1 V = DOWN; 8 V = UP

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 85: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Mirror Movement Mirror Movement Fig. 11.2

All Vehicles

FC14-80

N15

S

S

+

FC14-32

WR15I

FC14-84

U

FC14-85

Y

DD10-20

DD10-1

N25

FC4AR(FC2AR)

WU

S

S Y

UDD10-9

DD10-16

DP10-20DP10-1

N50 WU

S

S Y

UDP10-9

DP10-16

BKDDS7

B

BK

DD10-22

OG

DD10-4

O UY

DD10-21

O

RU

DD10-3

U

DD10-2

O BW

DP10-22

OG

DP10-4

O UY

DP10-21

O

RU

DP10-3

U

DP10-2

O BW

DD11-21

IO

DD11-6

IWU

DD11-22

IUY

DD11-2

U

DD11-1

INR

DD11-17

IO

DD11-10

IWB

DD11-3

IYR

DD11-9

IY

34DD5-7DD5-5

DD5-10

DD5-6

DD5-8

NW

35

DD10-8

BK

DD10-17

B

NW

BK

DD17-2DD17-10

DD17-11

DD17-12

DD17-1

DD17-13

DD17-14DD17-20DDS7

FC4AR(FC2AR)

DD1-2

DD1-21BK

DD1-2

BK

BKWU OG UY RU U BW

DD8-2

BKWU OG UY RU U BW

DP8-2

DD8-6

DD8-8

DD8-3

DD8-5

DD8-10

DD8-4

DP8-6

DP8-8

DP8-3

DP8-5

DP8-10

DP8-4

I

I

FC2AR(FC4AR)

BKDPS7

B

BKDP10-8

BK

DP10-17

BDP1-2

DP1-21

I

I

WG11.3

+

+

FC25-11

FC25-23

C

C

+

S

S

FC25-14

U

FC25-13

Y

+

Y

G

FC14-58

IFC87-1

YBBKFCS47

FC3BR

FC87-3

BK

FC14-15

WUFC14-41

GO I

I

I

1

5II

DD3-6DD3-7 DD11-20

IGWBKDDS7

21.1

BK

FC4AR(FC2AR)

BKDD1-2

O

21.1

21.1

21.1

WGWU K N U G S

MD1-7

WGWU K N U G S

MP1-7

MD1-3

MD1-5

MD1-8

MD1-1

MD1-4

MD1-2

MP1-3

MP1-5

MP1-8

MP1-1

MP1-4

MP1-2

CAN

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

SCP

B

P

B

P

B

P

NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH

DRIVER DOOR AJARSWITCH

NOTE: Memory circuit –Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.

MEMORY 1

MEMORY SET

MEMORY 2

SET MEMORY STATUS

DRIVER DOOR MEMORYSWITCH PACK

DIRECTION

LH VERTICAL

LH HORIZONTAL

FOLD-BACK

RH VERTICAL

RH HORIZONTAL

MIRROR JOY STICK

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE:FOLD-BACK MIRRORS

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / BPM / DDCM / PDCM / MIRROR MOVEMENT MESSAGES

REVERSE GEAR;VEHICLE SPEED

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS

Page 86: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 11.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK

DOOR MIRROR FOLD-BACK MOTOR – DRIVER MD3 6-WAY / BLUE BEHIND MIRROR

DOOR MIRROR FOLD-BACK MOTOR – PASSENGER MP3 6-WAY / BLUE BEHIND MIRROR

INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE

LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

MIRROR JOY STICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD17 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSD4 26-WAY / BLACKSD5 10-WAY / BLACK

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSP5 10-WAY / BLACK

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT41 26-WAY / BLACKBT42 10-WAY / BLACKRH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationAC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

AC16 8-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM

DD8 12-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER DOOR MIRROR TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

DP8 12-WAY/ BLUE / PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW / ROOF HARNESS TO INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR LINK HARNESS ROOF CONSOLE

RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT

SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

GROUNDS

Ground LocationBT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT

FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-06 HEADLAMP DIPPED BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-16 SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

SS FC14-21 AUTO LAMPS SWITCH SIGNAL SUPPLY

I FC14-39 AUTO LAMPS SIGNAL †

B+ FC14-79 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LIGHTING) : B+

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

Driver Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S DD10-09 SCP –

S DD10-16 SCP +

I DD11-15 DOOR MIRROR POWER FOLD BACK REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

Driver Seat Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO SD3-04 DOOR MIRROR FOLD BACK ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

PG SD5-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ SD5-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

S SD5-09 SCP +

S SD5-10 SCP –

Major Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-11 CAN +

S FC25-13 SCP +

S FC25-14 SCP –

C FC25-23 CAN –

Passenger Seat Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO SP3-04 DOOR MIRROR FOLD OUT ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

PG SP5-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ SP5-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

S SP5-09 SCP +

S SP5-10 SCP –

Security and Locking Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO BT40-05 REVERSE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

B+ BT40-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

S BT40-08 SCP +

SG BT40-13 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

SG BT40-14 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S BT40-16 SCP –

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 87: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

DD8-12

DD10-1

N25

FC4AR(FC2AR)

S

S Y

UDD10-9

DD10-16

BKDDS7

BKDD10-8

BKDD1-2DD11-15

I

35 NW

BK

DD17-10

DD17-1

DD17-20

DDS7

FC4AR(FC2AR)

BK

DD1-2

BK

WG

SD5-5

NR9 S

S Y

USD5-10

SD5-9

SP5-5

NR29 S

S Y

USP5-10

SP5-9

FC6L(FC5L)

SD5-2

BSDS3

BSD1-1

BSD3-4

R

SP3-4

R

O

O

BT40-6

NR53

BT40-5

O YBK

BT1AR

BKBKBTS21

S

S Y

UBT40-16

BT40-8

BT40-13

BT40-14

DD8-1

DD8-7

DP8-7

DP8-1

DP8-12

DD1-20

DD1-6

DD1-14

DP1-14

DP1-6

DP1-20

PB

OR

OB

OB

OR

PB

34II

U

WR

RF1-14AC13-19

U

U

U

U

UU

RF2-4

RF2-2

RF2-3

Y

BK

BTS9

Y

Y

09.3

09.3

BT1-19 RH2-17 RF1-2

YY

FC3BR

FCS6

ACS9

R

YR

YR

R

YR

YR

FCS7

RF5-6 RFS1

BKBK

U

YFC25-14

FC25-13

C

C+

–S

S

FC25-11

Y

FC25-23

G

+

+

+

+

+

YRSP1-7

RSD1-7

Y

AC16-4

AC16-6

AC13-20

AC13-18

R

YR

YR

R

R

R

DDS3

DPS3

R

R

FC14-6

UY

FC14-16

RWSC2-9

BK

FC3BL

BKSCS1FCS48

BK

SC2-4

UY

SC2-3

RWSCS2

RW RWFCS9

I

IBK

SC2-1

YU YU

RF1-11 RF2-5

YUYU

S

S Y

UFC14-84

FC14-85

+

FC14-80

N15

FC14-79

NG52

5II

WUFC14-15

I

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

B

B

B

B

B

B

P

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

CAN

SCP

FC5S(FC6S)

SP5-2

BSPS3

BSP1-1

B

P

P

I

FC14-39

YU

FC14-21

MD3-5

MD3-2

MD3-1

MP3-1

MP3-2

MP3-6

RM1-1

URM1-4

RM1-2

RM1-3

Y

BK

RM1-8

YUI

B

I

O

O

Interior and Exterior Mirrors Tint; Fold-Back Mirrors Interior and Exterior Mirrors Tint; Fold -Back Mirrors Fig. 11.3

All Vehicles

FOLD-BACK

MIRROR JOY STICK

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

SIDE

DIP

AUTO

DIP

SIDE

LIGHTING STALK

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / MIRROR MOVEMENT / LIGHTING MESSAGES.

VEHICLE SPEED;REVERSE GEAR

MIRROR TINT

FOLD-BACK

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR

FOLD-BACK

MIRROR TINT

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR

COMPASS

INTERIORREAR VIEW MIRROR

REVERSE LAMPS

MIRRORTINT

AUTO LAMPS

REVERSEGEAR

Page 88: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 12.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK

HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – DRIVER SD23 6-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH – DRIVER SD25 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH –†DRIVER SD24 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – DRIVER (LHD) RH35 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – DRIVER (RHD) RH36 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER SD20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSD4 26-WAY / BLACKSD5 10-WAY / BLACK

SEAT CUSHION HEATER – DRIVER SD19 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION

SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER SD14 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT BACK

SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER SD7 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSD8 6-WAY / WHITESD9 6-WAY / GREYSD10 6-WAY / YELLOW

SQUAB HEATER – DRIVER SD17 3-WAY / GREY SEAT SQUAB

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT SD11 16-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM

RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT

GROUNDS

Ground LocationFC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT

FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-17 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I FC14-35 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

O FC14-69 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

I FC14-86 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

Driver Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S DD10-09 SCP –

S DD10-16 SCP +

PG DD10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O DD11-02 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED: GROUND (LED ON)

I DD11-06 MEMORY SET REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-21 MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-22 MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

Driver Head Restraint Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ SD22-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I SD22-03 HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

O SD22-04 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE DHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD22-05 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG SD22-06 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

PG SD22-07 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I SD22-08 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: GROUND (DRIVER)

I SD22-09 HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

SG SD22-10 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I SD22-11 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN

SS SD22-12 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

S SD22-13 SCP –

S SD22-14 SCP +

I SD22-15 SEAT BACK LATCHED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD22-16 SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

Driver Seat Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO SD3-01 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD3-02 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – REAR: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD3-03 DRIVER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD3-05 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD3-06 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD3-07 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD3-08 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I SD3-09 DRIVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD3-10 DRIVER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD3-11 DRIVER SEAT LOWER REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD3-12 DRIVER SEAT RAISE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD3-13 DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT LOWER REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD3-14 DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT RAISE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD3-15 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD3-16 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

SG SD4-01 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

SS SD4-02 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

SS SD4-05 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

SG SD4-06 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I SD4-08 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN

I SD4-10 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN

I SD4-11 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 9 V = UP; 4 V = DOWN

I SD4-12 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = FORWARD; 2 V = REAR

SS SD4-14 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

SS SD4-15 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE: B+

SG SD4-18 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

SG SD4-19 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I SD5-01 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: GROUND (DRIVER)

PG SD5-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O SD5-03 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD5-04 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

B+ SD5-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I SD5-08 DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED: B+ (FASTENED)

S SD5-09 SCP +

S SD5-10 SCP –

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 89: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

SD5-8

SD5-5

NR9

FC6R(FC5R)G

SD11-4

FC14-80

N15 S

S

+

FC14-84

U

FC14-85

Y

DD10-1

N25

FC4AR(FC2AR)

S

S Y

UDD10-9

DD10-16

BKDDS7

B

BK

DD11-21

IO

DD11-6

IWU

DD11-22

IUY

DD11-2

U

34DD5-7DD5-5

DD5-10

DD5-6

DD5-8

NW

DD10-8

BK

DD10-17

BDD1-2

DD1-21

FC14-86 (LHD)FC14-35 (RHD)

OG (LHD) G (RHD)

FC14-69 (LHD)FC14-17 (RHD)

O (LHD) OY (RHD)

NR16

BFCS49

B

FC4BR(FC2BR)

O

I

BSD1-6

SD3-14

GR

SD3-13

GU

SD3-12

WG

SD3-11

W

SD3-16

NR

SD3-15

GW

SD3-9

UY

SD3-10

OY

SD11-5

SD11-12

SD11-14

SD11-7

SD11-8

SD11-6

SD11-13

SD20-2SD20-4

WG

N22SD11-9

YBBSD14-3

SD14-1

SD19-1 SD19-3 SD17-1 SD17-3

R B

O

O

SDS3SD14-2

SD1-1

B B

FC6L(FC5L)

SD10-5

SD9-5

SD8-2

SD10-6

SD9-6

SD8-6

SD10-2

SD9-2

SD8-5

SD10-1

SD9-1

SD8-3

SD10-3

SD9-3

SD8-1

Y G GR WR OG UY W GO NGYB YG WR WU WG W

(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)

FC55-7 (LHD)FC55-14 (RHD)

FC55-16

FC55-8 (LHD)FC55-15 (RHD)

FC55-9

+

+

O

SCP

SD5-10

SD4-19

SD5-9YBYUS

S

SD4-15 YG

SD4-8 Y

SD3-5 G

SD3-6 GR

SD4-18 WR

SD4-14 WU

SD4-10 WR

SD5-3 OG

SD5-4 UY

SD4-1 WG

SD4-5 W

SD4-11 W

SD3-1 GO

SD3-2 NG

SD4-6 WB

SD4-2 BG

SD4-12 BO

SD3-7 WU

SD3-8 WR

SD5-2 B

SD7-5

SD7-6

SD7-2

SD7-1

SD7-3

BO WU WRWB BG

SD23-5

SD23-6

SD23-2

SD23-1

SD23-3

W UY RUWG YU

SD11-15

SD11-16

SD11-11

SD11-3

SD20-3

SD20-1

SD20-5

SD22-1

N21

SD22-16

SD22-15

SD22-3

SD22-9

BWSD24-1SD24-2

BG

OG

NG

SD25-1SD25-2SDS7

G

G

SD1-11FCS45

GBKBK

FC1S

+

SD22-13

SD22-10

SD22-14WGYUS

S

SDS9

SDS10

SD22-12 YU

SD22-11 W

SD22-5 UY

SD22-4 RU

SD22-7 B

SD22-8 B

SD22-6 G

SD5-1 BOI

I

I

I

I I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

SD3-3 O

SDS7 SD1-11 FCS45

G BK BK

FC1S

YB

O

BWSDS7SD1-11FCS45

GBKBK

FC1S

G

YU18.1

BWRH35-2 (LHD)RH36-2 (RHD)

RH35-1 (LHD)RH36-1 (RHD)

WG 31II

SD1-12 RH9-18 (LHD)RH9-19 (RHD)

BW

O

O

I

I

O

O

I

O

O

I

O

O

I

O

O

19II

O

G

SD11-1

BSDS3

B

BFC6L(FC5L)

SD1-1

*

**

180 Ω

10 Ω

10 Ω

B

P

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

B

P

YU

P

B

B

P

B

B

Driver Seat: Memory Driver Seat: Memory Fig. 12.1

Memory Seat Vehicles

SEAT HEATERSTATE

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

MEMORY 1

MEMORY SET

MEMORY 2

SET MEMORY STATUS

DRIVER DOOR MEMORYSWITCH PACK

SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH

SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH

LUMBARCONTROL

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE:SEAT BELT FASTENED

HALL EFFECTSWITCH

DRIVERSEAT BELT SWITCH

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE

* NOTE: Module Identification(SD22-8 connected to ground –Driver Seat).

DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE

** NOTE: Module Identification(SD5-1 connected to ground –Driver Seat).

REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / SEAT MOVEMENT MESSAGES.

DRIVERHEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVER SEAT MOTORS

DRIVER SEAT BELTCOMFORT SOLENOID

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATER

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

DRIVER SQUAB HEATER

Page 90: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 12.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – DRIVER SD23 6-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH – DRIVER SD25 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH –†DRIVER SD24 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – DRIVER (LHD) RH35 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – DRIVER (RHD) RH36 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER SD20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSD4 26-WAY / BLACKSD5 10-WAY / BLACK

SEAT CUSHION HEATER – DRIVER SD19 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION

SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER SD14 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT BACK

SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER SD7 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSD8 6-WAY / WHITESD9 6-WAY / GREYSD10 6-WAY / YELLOW

SQUAB HEATER – DRIVER SD17 3-WAY / GREY SEAT SQUAB

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT SD11 16-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationRH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT

GROUNDS

Ground LocationFC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT

FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-17 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I FC14-35 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

O FC14-69 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

I FC14-86 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

Driver Head Restraint Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ SD22-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I SD22-03 HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

O SD22-04 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE DHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD22-05 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG SD22-06 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

PG SD22-07 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I SD22-08 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: GROUND (DRIVER)

I SD22-09 HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

SG SD22-10 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I SD22-11 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN

SS SD22-12 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

S SD22-13 SCP –

S SD22-14 SCP +

I SD22-15 SEAT BACK LATCHED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD22-16 SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

Driver Seat Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO SD3-01 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD3-02 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – REAR: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD3-03 DRIVER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD3-05 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD3-06 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD3-07 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD3-08 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I SD3-09 DRIVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD3-10 DRIVER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD3-11 DRIVER SEAT LOWER REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD3-12 DRIVER SEAT RAISE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD3-13 DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT LOWER REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD3-14 DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT RAISE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD3-15 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD3-16 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SD5-01 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: GROUND (DRIVER)

PG SD5-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O SD5-03 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SD5-04 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

B+ SD5-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I SD5-08 DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED: B+ (FASTENED)

S SD5-09 SCP +

S SD5-10 SCP –

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 91: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

SD5-8

SD5-5

NR9

FC6R(FC5R)

G

FC14-80

N15 S

S

+

FC14-84

U

FC14-85

Y

FC14-86 (LHD)FC14-35 (RHD)

OG (LHD) G (RHD)

FC14-69 (LHD)FC14-17 (RHD)

O (LHD) OY (RHD)NR16

BFCS49

B

FC4BR(FC2BR)

O

I

BSD1-6

SD3-14

GR

SD3-13

GU

SD3-12

WG

SD3-11

W

SD3-16

NR

SD3-15

GW

SD3-9

UY

SD3-10

OY

YBBSD14-3

SD14-1

SD19-1 SD19-3 SD17-1 SD17-3

R B

O

O

SDS3

SD14-2

SD1-1

B

B

FC6L(FC5L)

SD10-1

SD8-1

SD10-3

SD9-3

SD8-3

G GR UY GONG

(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)

FC55-7 (LHD)FC55-14 (RHD)

FC55-16

FC55-8 (LHD)FC55-15 (RHD)

FC55-9

+

SD5-10

SD5-9

Y

U

SD3-5

G

SD3-6

GR

SD5-3

OG

SD5-4

UY

SD3-2

GOSD3-1

NG

SD3-7

WU

SD3-8

WR

SD5-2

B

SD7-1

SD7-3

WU WR

SD23-1

SD23-3

UY RU

SD22-1

N21

SD22-16

SD22-15

SD22-3

SD22-9

BWSD24-1SD24-2

BG

OG

NG

SD25-1SD25-2SDS7

G

G

SD1-11FCS45

GBKBK

FC1S

+

SD22-13

SD22-14

Y

U

SD22-5

UY

SD22-4

RU

SD22-7

B

SD22-8

B

SD22-6

G

*

**SD5-1

BOSD3-3

O

SDS7 SD1-11 FCS45

G BK BK

FC1S

YB

O

BW BWRH35-2 (LHD)RH36-2 (RHD)

RH35-1 (LHD)RH36-1 (RHD)

WG 31II

BW

S

S

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

S

S

I

I

I

I

G

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

SD9-1

OG

SD1-12 RH9-18 (LHD)RH9-19 (RHD)

SD20-2SD20-4

WG

SD20-3

SD20-1

SD20-5

SDS7SD1-11FCS45

GBKBK

FC1S

G

YU18.1

19II

SD23-5

SD23-6

SD23-2

W

WG

YU

SD22-11

WSD22-12

YUSD22-10

WG

I

SD11-4

SD11-5

SD11-12

SD11-14

SD11-7

SD11-8

SD11-6

SD11-13

N22SD11-9

SD11-15

SD11-16

SD11-11

SD11-3SD11-1

BSDS3

B

BFC6L(FC5L)

SD1-1

180 Ω

10 Ω

10 Ω

B

P

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

SCP

B

P

P

BB

B

Driver Seat: Non Memory Driver Seat: Non Memory Fig. 12.2

Non Memory Seat Vehicles

SEAT HEATERSTATE

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH

SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH

LUMBARCONTROL

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE:SEAT BELT FASTENED

HALL EFFECTSWITCH

DRIVERSEAT BELT SWITCH

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE

* NOTE: Module Identification(SD22-8 connected to ground –Driver Seat).

DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE

** NOTE: Module Identification(SD5-1 connected to ground –Driver Seat).

REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / SEAT MOVEMENT MESSAGES.

DRIVERHEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVER SEAT MOTORS

DRIVER SEAT BELTCOMFORT SOLENOID

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATER

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

DRIVER SQUAB HEATER

Page 92: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 12.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – PASSENGER SP23 6-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH –†PASSENGER SP25 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP24 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – PASSENGER (LHD) RH36 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – PASSENGER (RHD) RH35 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSP5 10-WAY / BLACK

SEAT CUSHION HEATER – PASSENGER SP19 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION

SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER SP14 3-WAY / GREY SEAT BACK

SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER SP7 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSP8 6-WAY / WHITESP9 6-WAY / GREYSP10 6-WAY / YELLOW

SQUAB HEATER – PASSENGER SP17 3-WAY / GREY SEAT SQUAB

SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT SP11 16-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationSP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

GROUNDS

Ground Location

FC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT

FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-17 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I FC14-35 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

O FC14-69 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

I FC14-86 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

Passenger Head Restraint Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ SP22-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I SP22-03 HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

O SP22-04 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE PHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SP22-05 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG SP22-06 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

PG SP22-07 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I SP22-08 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: OPEN CIRCUIT (PASSENGER)

I SP22-09 HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

SG SP22-10 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I SP22-11 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN

SS SP22-12 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

S SP22-13 SCP –

S SP22-14 SCP +

I SP22-15 SEAT BACK LATCHED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I SP22-16 SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

Passenger Seat Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO SP3-01 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SP3-02 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – REAR: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SP3-03 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SP3-05 PASSENGER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SP3-06 PASSENGER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SP3-07 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SP3-08 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I SP3-09 PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SP3-10 PASSENGER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SP3-11 PASSENGER SEAT LOWER REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SP3-12 PASSENGER SEAT RAISE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SP3-13 PASSENGER SEAT REAR HEIGHT LOWER REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SP3-14 PASSENGER SEAT REAR HEIGHT RAISE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SP3-15 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SP3-16 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SP5-01 PASSENGER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: OPEN CIRCUIT (PASSENGER)

PG SP5-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O SP5-03 PASSENGER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SP5-04 PASSENGER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

B+ SP5-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

S SP5-09 SCP +

S SP5-10 SCP –

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 93: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

SP5-5

NR29

SP11-4

FC14-80

N15 S

S

+

FC14-84

U

FC14-85

Y

FC14-35 (LHD)FC14-86 (RHD)

G (LHD) OG (RHD)

FC14-17 (LHD)FC14-69 (RHD)

OY (LHD) O (RHD)NR16

BFCS49

B

FC4BR(FC2BR)

O

I

SP3-14

WG

SP3-13

W

SP3-12

WG

SP3-11

W

SP3-16

NR

SP3-15

GW

SP3-9

UY

SP3-10

OY

SP11-5

SP11-12

SP11-14

SP11-7

SP11-8

SP11-6

SP11-13

N44SP11-9

YBBSP14-3

SP14-1

SP19-1 SP19-3 SP17-1 SP17-3

R B

O

O

SPS3SP14-2

SP1-1

B

B

FC5S(FC6S)

SP10-1

SP8-1

SP10-3

SP9-3

SP8-3

G GR UY NG GO

(LH – RHD / RH – LHD)

FC55-14 (LHD)FC55-7 (RHD)

FC55-16

FC55-15 (LHD)FC55-8 (RHD)

FC55-9

+

SP5-10

SP5-9

Y

U

SP3-5

G

SP3-6

GR

SP5-3

OG

SP5-4

UY

SP3-2

NG

SP3-1

GO

SP3-7

WU

SP3-8

WR

SP5-2

B

SP7-1

SP7-3

WU WR

SP11-15

SP11-16

SP11-11

SP11-3

SP22-1

N43

SP22-16

SP22-15

SP22-3

SP22-9

BWSP24-1SP24-2

BG

OG

NG

SP25-1SP25-2SPS7

G

G

SP1-11FCS45

GBKBK

FC1S

+

SP22-13

SP22-14

Y

U

SP22-5

UY

SP22-4

RU

SP22-7

B

SP22-8

SP22-6

G

*

**SP5-1

SP3-3

O

SPS7 SP1-11 FCS45

G BK BK

FC1S

YB

O

BW BWRH36-2 (LHD)RH35-2 (RHD)

RH36-1 (LHD)RH35-1 (RHD)

WG 32II

SP1-12 RH9-19 (LHD)RH9-18 (RHD)

BW

S

S

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

S

S

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

SP11-1

BSPS3

B

BFC5S(FC6S)

SP1-1

SP9-1

OG

SP20-2SP20-4

WG

SP20-3

SP20-1

SP20-5

SPS7SP1-11FCS45

GBKBK

FC1S

G

YG18.1

SP23-1

SP23-3

UY RU

SP23-5

SP23-6

SP23-2

W

WG

YU

SP22-11

WSP22-12

YUSP22-10

WG

I

20II

180 Ω

10 Ω

10 Ω

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

SCP

B

P

B

P

P

BB

B

Passenger Seat: 5-Way Movement Passenger Seat: 5-Way Movement Fig. 12.3

5-Way Movement Vehicles

SEAT HEATERSTATE

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH

SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH

LUMBARCONTROL

PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE:SEAT BELT FASTENED

HALL EFFECTSWITCH

PASSENGERSEAT BELT SWITCH

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE

* NOTE: Module Identification(SD22-8 not connected to ground –Passenger Seat).

PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE

** NOTE: Module Identification(SD5-1 not connected to ground –Passenger Seat).

REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / SEAT MOVEMENT MESSAGES.

PASSENGERHEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS

PASSENGER SEAT BELTCOMFORT SOLENOID

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATER

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

PASSENGER SQUAB HEATER

Page 94: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 12.4

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – PASSENGER SP23 6-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH –†PASSENGER SP25 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP24 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – PASSENGER (LHD) RH36 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – PASSENGER (RHD) RH35 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSP5 10-WAY / BLACK

SEAT CUSHION HEATER – PASSENGER SP19 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION

SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER SP14 3-WAY / GREY SEAT BACK

SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER SP7 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSP8 6-WAY / WHITESP9 6-WAY / GREYSP10 6-WAY / YELLOW

SQUAB HEATER – PASSENGER SP17 3-WAY / GREY SEAT SQUAB

SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT SP11 16-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationSP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

GROUNDS

Ground Location

FC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT

FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-17 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I FC14-35 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

O FC14-69 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

I FC14-86 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

Passenger Head Restraint Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ SP22-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I SP22-03 HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

O SP22-04 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE PHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SP22-05 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG SP22-06 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

PG SP22-07 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I SP22-08 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: OPEN CIRCUIT (PASSENGER)

I SP22-09 HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

SG SP22-10 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I SP22-11 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN

SS SP22-12 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

S SP22-13 SCP –

S SP22-14 SCP +

I SP22-15 SEAT BACK LATCHED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I SP22-16 SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

Passenger Seat Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO SP3-01 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SP3-02 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – REAR: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SP3-03 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SP3-07 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O SP3-08 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I SP3-09 PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SP3-10 PASSENGER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SP3-15 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SP3-16 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I SP5-01 PASSENGER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: OPEN CIRCUIT (PASSENGER)

PG SP5-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ SP5-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

S SP5-09 SCP +

S SP5-10 SCP –

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 95: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

SP5-5

NR29

FC14-80

N15 S

S

+

FC14-84

U

FC14-85

Y

FC14-35 (LHD)FC14-86 (RHD)

G (LHD) OG (RHD)

FC14-17 (LHD)FC14-69 (RHD)

OY (LHD) O (RHD)NR16

BFCS49

B

FC4BR(FC2BR)

O

I

SP3-16

NR

SP3-15

GW

SP3-9

UY

SP3-10

OY

SP11-16

SP11-7

SP11-8

SP11-6

SP11-13

N44SP11-9

YBBSP14-3

SP14-1

SP19-1 SP19-3 SP17-1 SP17-3

R B

O

O

SPS3SP14-2

SP1-1

B

B

FC5S(FC6S)

SP8-1

SP8-3

NG GO

SCP

(LH – RHD / RH – LHD)

FC55-14 (LHD)FC55-7 (RHD)

FC55-16

FC55-15 (LHD)FC55-8 (RHD)

FC55-9

+

SP5-10

SP5-9

Y

U

SP3-2

NG

SP3-1

GO

SP3-7

WU

SP3-8

WR

SP5-2

B

SP7-1

SP7-3

WU WR

SP11-15

SP11-11

SP11-3

SP22-1

N43

SP22-16

SP22-15

SP22-3

SP22-9

BWSP24-1SP24-2

BG

OG

NG

SP25-1SP25-2SPS7

G

G

SP1-11FCS45

GBKBK

FC1S

+

SP22-13

SP22-14

Y

U

SP22-5

UY

SP22-4

RU

SP22-7

B

SP22-8

SP22-6

G

**SP5-1

SP3-3

O

SPS7 SP1-11 FCS45

G BK BK

FC1S

YB

O

BW BWRH36-2 (LHD)RH35-2 (RHD)

RH36-1 (LHD)RH35-1 (RHD)

WG 32II

SP1-12 RH9-19 (LHD)RH9-18 (RHD)

BW

S

S

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

S

S

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

SP11-1

BSPS3

B

BFC5S(FC6S)

SP1-1

SP20-2SP20-4

WG

SP20-3

SP20-1

SP20-5

SPS7SP1-11FCS45

GBKBK

FC1S

G

YG18.1

SP23-1

SP23-3

UY RU

SP23-5

SP23-6

SP23-2

W

WG

YU

SP22-11

WSP22-12

YUSP22-10

WG

I

20II

*

180 Ω

10 Ω

10 Ω

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

B

P

B

P

B

P

B

B

Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement Fig. 12.4

3-Way Movement Vehicles

SEAT HEATERSTATE

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH

SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH

LUMBARCONTROL

PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE:SEAT BELT FASTENED

HALL EFFECTSWITCH

PASSENGERSEAT BELT SWITCH

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE

* NOTE: Module Identification(SD22-8 not connected to ground –Passenger Seat).

PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE

** NOTE: Module Identification(SD5-1 not connected to ground –Passenger Seat).

REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / SEAT MOVEMENT MESSAGES.

PASSENGERHEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS

PASSENGER SEAT BELTCOMFORT SOLENOID

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATER

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

PASSENGER SQUAB HEATER

Page 96: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 13.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

DOOR AJAR SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 22-WAY / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDP11 22-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH BL2 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK LID / LINER

FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID IC24 2-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / FUEL FILL

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN

KEY FOB ANTENNA – CONVERTIBLE HARD WIRED TOP OF BACKLIGHT

KEY FOB ANTENNA – COUPE RH7 COAXIAL CONNECTOR TOP OF BACKLIGHT

NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT41 26-WAY / BLACKBT42 10-WAY / BLACKRH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR

TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCHES FC41 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE

TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID BT43 2-WAY / BROWN TRUNK / LH SIDE

TRUNK SWITCH BT46 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK

VALET SWITCH FC67 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationDOOR LOCKING RELAY FC24 / BLACK RH FASCIA RELAYS

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationAC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

BB1 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

BL1 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER / RH SIDE

BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM

DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY

RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

Ground LocationBT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY

BT3 TRUNK, LEFT REAR

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

RH3 ROOF, ADJACENT TO REAR WINDOW

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-05 TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-31 FUEL FILLER FLAP RELEASE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II) : GROUND

I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-55 VALET SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-67 KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-71 DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

Driver Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

O DD10-05 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O DD10-06 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S DD10-09 SCP –

S DD10-16 SCP +

PG DD10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I DD11-04 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-05 EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)

Passenger Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DP10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

O DP10-05 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O DP10-06 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG DP10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S DP10-09 SCP –

S DP10-16 SCP +

PD DP10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I DP11-20 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)

Security and Locking Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO BT40-01 TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O BT40-02 FUEL FILLER FLAP SOLENOID: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

S BT40-08 SCP +

SG BT40-13 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

SG BT40-14 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

B+ BT40-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

S BT40-16 SCP –

I BT41-05 TRUNK SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I BT41-06 EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE: GROUND (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I BT41-07 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (LOCKED)

I BT41-19 DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (LOCKED)

I RH20-01 KEY FOB ANTENNA

RH20-02 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD: GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 97: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

BBK

FC14-71

FC14-5

O

I

FC14-80

N15

YR

5II

WUFC14-15

8II

RGFC14-33

YUFC67-4FC67-5

BFCS50

B

GOFC14-41

1

FC4-4FC4-5

BKFCS48

FC3BL

BKFC14-67

IO

S

S

FC14-84

U

FC14-85

Y

FC4BL(FC2BL)

YFC41-6FC41-3

BK

YRFC41-10

FC14-31

I

FC14-55

I

DD3-6DD3-7 DD10-6DD11-20

OI

DD10-1

N25

BK

FC4AR(FC2AR)

YB

B

GW

S

S Y

UDD10-9

DD10-16

DP10-6

O

DP10-1

N50

YB

S

S Y

UDP10-9

DP10-16

BK

DD10-8

DD10-17

DDS7

BK

FC2AR(FC4AR)

BDP10-8

DP10-17

DD1-2

DD1-21

B

DP3-6DP3-7 DP11-20

IGWBK

DPS7DP1-2

DP1-21

BK

B

BK

BK

DD11-4

I

DD11-12

I

NG

OY

37 DD3-10

DD3-12

DD3-11

NWDD10-5

O Y

DP10-5

O Y

BT40-16

S

BT40-8

SY

U

BT40-15

NW60

BT40-2

O

BT40-13

BK

BT1AR

BT40-1

O

BT41-19

YRI

BT40-14

BK

BK

BTS21

RWBTS6

BKBT46-2BT46-1

RWBTS21

BT1AR

BKBT41-5

I

BT41-7

YUI

YR

YG

BOBT43-2 BT43-1

BOIC24-2 IC24-1

NR

NR

FC2BR(FC4BR)

FCS46

RH20-2

RH20-1

I

BTS20

BT1AL

B

RH20-2

BRDRH20-1

WI

BKDD3-8DD3-9

DD3-3

DD3-2

DD3-1

Y

YG

YB

Y

FC4AR(FC2AR)

DDS7

DD1-2

BK

BK

ACS2

RH2-14 (LHD)RH2-2 (RHD)

RH2-2 (LHD)RH2-14 (RHD)

DD1-16AC13-6

DD1-19

YG

BKDP3-8DP3-9

DP3-3

DP3-2

DP3-1

Y

YG

YB

Y

FC2AR(FC4AR)

DPS7

DP1-2

BK

BK

DP1-16AC13-17

DP1-19

YG

30

31

BYG

AC15-1

YRYU

YR (LHD)YU (RHD) YR

YU

BRD

W

+

+

+

+

I

I

I

FC14-58

IFC87-1

YBBK

FCS47

FC3BR

FC87-3

BK

SCP

YU (LHD)YR (RHD)

FC24

8

7

10

6

9

B

RH3S

RH7-1

RH7-2

IC4-3

OIC4-4

B

BT2-7

BT2-16

BT3S

B

BTS23

BLS1BL1-1BB1-1

B B BBL2-2BL2-1

RU

B

BT41-6

IRUBL1-4 BB1-4

RU

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

B

P

P

B

B

P

B

Central Locking Central Locking Fig. 13.1

All Vehicles

NOTE: Ignition switched ground via Inertia Switchactivates emergency unlock.

IGNITION SWITCH(KEY-IN SWITCH)

NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH

TRUNK

FUEL FILL

TRUNK AND FUEL FILLRELEASE SWITCHES

VALET SWITCH

EXTERNALTRUNK RELEASE

SWITCH

LOCK

UNLOCK

KEY BARREL

DRIVER DOOR LOCKSWITCHES

DRIVER DOORAJAR SWITCH

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOORAJAR SWITCH

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / CENTRAL LOCKING MESSAGES.

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

TRUNK SWITCH

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

DOOR LOCKINGRELAY

KEY FOBANTENNA

(CONVERTIBLE)

KEY FOBANTENNA(COUPE)

TRUNK RELEASESOLENOID

FUEL FILL FLAPSOLENOID

LOCK STATUS

DRIVER DOOR LOCKACTUATOR

LOCK STATUS

PASSENGER DOOR LOCKACTUATOR

Page 98: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 13.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

DOOR AJAR SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 22-WAY / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDP11 22-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH EM34 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH HOOD LATCH

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET

GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR (ROOF CONSOLE) RF10 6-WAY / GREY ROOF CONSOLE

HORNS LF12 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER

INCLINATION SENSOR IS1 5-WAY / ORANGE TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ANTENNA

KEY FOB ANTENNA – CONVERTIBLE HARD WIRED TOP OF BACKLIGHT

KEY FOB ANTENNA – COUPE RH7 COAXIAL CONNECTOR TOP OF BACKLIGHT

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 20-WAY / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC12 3-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE

SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR (J-GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE) FC88 10-WAY / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT41 26-WAY / BLACKBT42 10-WAY / BLACKRH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR

SECURITY SOUNDER – ACTIVE LF18 6-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP

SECURITY SOUNDER – PASSIVE LF18 6-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP

TRUNK SWITCH BT46 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK

VALET SWITCH FC67 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationHORN RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R6

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationBT47 3-WAY / WHITE / INCLINATION SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ANTENNA

DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM

DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

GROUNDS

Ground Location

BT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY

EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-13 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

O FC14-22 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: AUDIO OUTPUT

O FC14-23 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: AUDIO OUTPUT

O FC14-29 SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)

I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-55 VALET SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-56 ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (HOOD OPEN)

O FC14-70 HORN RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

D FC14-73 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

D FC14-92 OK TO FUEL SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

B+ FC14-104 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

Driver Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S DD10-09 SCP –

S DD10-16 SCP +

PG DD10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I DD11-04 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)

Key Transponder Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC22-01 GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

B+ FC22-04 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

D FC22-06 SERIAL COMMUNICATION: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D FC22-07 READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D FC22-08 READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D FC22-09 OK TO FUEL: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

SG FC22-12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I FC22-13 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I): GROUND

I FC22-14 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II): GROUND

D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

Passenger Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DP10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

SG DP10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S DP10-09 SCP –

S DP10-16 SCP +

PD DP10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I DP11-20 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)

Security and Locking Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicS BT40-08 SCP +

SG BT40-13 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

SG BT40-14 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

B+ BT40-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

S BT40-16 SCP –

I BT41-05 TRUNK SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I BT41-08 INCLINATION SENSOR TRIGGER: GROUND (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

SG BT41-10 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

O BT41-26 INCLINATION SENSOR SUPPLY: B+

I RH20-01 KEY FOB ANTENNA

RH20-02 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD: GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 99: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

BK

FC14-29

FC14-80

N15

Y

YUFC67-4FC67-5

BFCS50

B

NWFC14-104

EM34-2EM34-1

BKEMS38

EM1BR(EM2B)

BKFC14-56

IOY

S

S

FC14-84

U

FC14-85

Y

FC4BL(FC2BL)

FC14-55

I

DD3-6DD3-7 DD11-20

I

DD10-1

N25

BK

FC4AR(FC2AR)

B

GW

S

S Y

UDD10-9

DD10-16

DP10-1

N50S

S Y

UDP10-9

DP10-16

BK

DD10-8

DD10-17

DDS7

BK

FC2AR(FC4AR)

BDP10-8

DP10-17

DD1-2

DD1-21

B

DP3-6DP3-7 DP11-20

IGWBK

DPS7DP1-2

DP1-21

BK

B

BK

BK

DD11-4

I

DD11-12

I

NG

OY

37 DD3-10

DD3-12

DD3-11

NW

BT40-16

S

BT40-8

SY

U

BT40-15

NW60

BT40-13

BK

BT1AR

BT40-14

BK

BK

BTS21

RWBTS6

BKBT46-2BT46-1

RW

BTS21

BT1AR

BK

BT41-5

I

RH20-2

RH20-1

I

RH20-2

RH20-1

I

19

EM2-10

OY

GWBT47-1 BT41-8

I

YRBT47-2 BT41-26

O

GW

YRIS1-2BK

IS1-1

BT47-3

FC14-13

O

GO

FC14-70

O GW

S

S

+

FC25-14

U

FC25-13

Y

FC14-73

WRFC14-92

YBD

D

FC22-9

FC22-7

FC22-17

FC22-8

FC22-1

WR

YB D

D

FC22-12

FC22-6

SC1-4

SC1-3

O

OGSC12-2

SC12-1

B

B

D

D

O

OG

FC3BR

BKFCS47

BK

FC22-4

NR

FC22-14

WU

FC22-13

WR

18

3II

14I

21.2O

I YBNR

BK RF10-2

RF10-1RFS1BK

RF5-6

BK

FC3BR

RF10-3

O

D

LF18-6

LF18-3

WR

NW

LF18-4

LF18-5

GO

B

74

52II

B

LFS9

LF2BS

YBRF1-8

LF1-12

FC88-2 FC88-6

FC3BR

BKFCS47

BK

F13

4

LF7-5

LF6-6

F11 15A LF7-1

LF60-14

LF12-2

BLF12-1

GB

GW

FC14-22

O WB WB

WULF60-13

FC14-23

O WULF60-12 LF18-1

LF18-2

+

+

+

+

BRD

W

BRD

W

4

FC14-32

WR15I

GOFC14-41

1

I

I

BKIS1-5

BT41-10

BK

B

RH3S

RH7-1

RH7-2

I

I

D

B

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

B

P

P

P

B

B

B

21.1

21.1

B

B

O

SCP

17

R63

1

5

2

EM80-123

EM80-124

Y

GC

C–

+ G

YFC25-11

FC25-23

+

C

C

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

PATS

Security System Security System Fig. 13.2

All Vehicles

ENGINE COMPARTMENTSECURITY SWITCH

VALET SWITCH

LOCK

UNLOCK

KEY BARREL

DRIVER DOOR LOCKSWITCHES

DRIVER DOORAJAR SWITCH

PASSENGER DOORAJAR SWITCH

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

LOGIC

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

TRUNK SWITCH

INCLINATION SENSOR

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

PASSIVE SECURITYSOUNDER

HORN RELAY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

OK TO FUEL

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

KEY FOBANTENNA

(CONVERTIBLE)

KEY FOBANTENNA(COUPE)

SECURITY ACTIVEINDICATOR

(J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE)

ACTIVE SECURITYSOUNDER

HORNS

SERIALCOMMUNICATION

READER / EXCITERCOIL

GLASS BREAKAGESENSOR

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

ROOF CONSOLENOTE: Check market specification for fitment of thefollowing security system components:

• Inclination Sensor• Glass Breakage Sensor• Active Security Sounder• Passive Security Sounder

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 03.1 for starting circuit.

Page 100: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 14.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET

LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

POWERWASH PUMP LF25 2-WAY / BLACK LEFT FRONT FENDER / WHEEL ARCH LINER

RAIN SENSING MODULE RS1 12-WAY / BLACK ABOVE PASSENGER FOOTWELL

RAIN SENSOR (INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR) RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW BELOW INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR

WASH / WIPE STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC1 12-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE

WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR LF27 3-WAY / BLACK LEFT FRONT FENDER / WHEEL ARCH LINER

WIPER MOTOR EM51 5-WAY / BLACK BASE OF WINDSHIELD / AIR INTAKE PLENUM

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationPOWERWASH RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R4

WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY LF49 / BROWN LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY LF48 / BROWN LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

FC49 12-WAY /BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO RAIN SENSOR LINK HARNESS BELOW RH BLOWER

LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

LF3 13-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO

LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW / ROOF HARNESS TO INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR LINK HARNESS ROOF CONSOLE

SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

GROUNDS

Ground LocationFC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP

LF3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-09 INTERMITTENT WIPE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-16 SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-18 POWERWASH RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O FC14-19 WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O FC14-26 WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE

I FC14-34 FAST WIPE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-37 WASH SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-42 WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-43 WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I FC14-60 WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (PARK)

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

I FC14-94 SLOW WIPE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

B+ FC14-104 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 101: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

FC14-43

O

FC14-80

N15

BG

FC14-104

NW19

NG

F7 30A4

YB

YRLF6-1

LF6-10

FC14-9

IGU

FC14-37

IGR

FC14-15

WU5II

B WU

GU

GO

GO

GR

FC14-34

IGO

FC14-94

IG

FC14-26

O YGFC14-42

YFC14-18

O YB YBLF1-17

SC1-7

SC1-5

SC1-6

SC1-8SC1-9

LF25-1LF25-2B

LF1AR

LF27-1LF27-2B

LFS7

B

LF27-3LF1-15

LF1-16

YG

Y

EM51-4 (LHD)EM51-2 (RHD)

B

RW

EM51-2 (LHD)EM51-4 (RHD)

EM51-1 (LHD)EM51-5 (RHD)

EM51-3

11

12

13

N

WG

WG

NG

BG

NGB

WG

UR

R

U

B

LF3BS

LFS18

RW

LF3-3

LF3-4

EM2-17

R

ULF3-5

B

NLG

BW

BRB

LF3BS

LFS18

LF60-16

BG

FC14-19

O WGLF60-17

WG

FC14-60

RWI

4I

LF48

3

1

5

2

4

LF49

3

1

5

2

4

I

FC14-16

RWSC2-9

BK

FC3BL

BKSCS1FCS48

BKSCS2

RWFCS9

RW10.2

IBK

SC2-1

YUYU11.3

RW RW

SC2-4

UY

SC2-3

FCS51

FCS52

FCS53

FCS55

GU

GR

GO

G

FCS54

GU

GR

GO

G

RS1-4

RS1-3

RS1-9

RS1-5 FC49-2

FC49-10

FC49-4

FC49-3

RWFC49-8

RS1-1

WU

RS1-7

BG

RS1-2

NW

RS1-12

BK

WU

BG

NW

WU

BG

NW

FC49-6RF1-9

FC49-12RF1-15

FC49-5RF1-16RF2-7

RF2-8

RF2-6

WU

BG

NWRM2-3

RM2-2

RM2-1

GU

GR

GO

G

RW

FC49-7

BKBKFCS47

RS1-6

WR40II

FC3BR

RS1-11

B

B

B

P

51 ΚΩ

11 ΚΩ

5.1 ΚΩ

2.7 ΚΩ

1.3 ΚΩ

560 Ω

R43

1

5

2

Wash / Wipe System Wash / Wipe System Fig. 14.1

All Vehicles

RAIN SENSOR

INTERIORREAR VIEW MIRROR

RAIN SENSINGMODULE

WASH

FAST WIPE

SLOW WIPE

FLICK WIPE

INTERMITTENTWIPE

DELAY

WASH / WIPE STALK

SIDE

DIP

AUTO

DIP

SIDE

LIGHTING STALK

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

REAR VIEW MIRRORS:AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT

DIMMER MODULE:SIDE LAMPS ON

LOGIC

MOTORS

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

POWERWASH RELAY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

POWERWASHPUMP

FLUID LEVEL

WINDSHIELD WASH PUMPAND

FLUID LEVEL SENSOR

WIPER RUN / STOPRELAY

WIPER FAST / SLOWRELAY

FAST

SLOW

PARK SWITCH

WIPER MOTOR

Page 102: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 15.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 22-WAY / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDP11 22-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

DOOR LOCK SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT41 26-WAY / BLACKBT42 10-WAY / BLACKRH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR

WINDOW LIFT MOTOR – DRIVER DD16 6-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

WINDOW LIFT MOTOR – PASSENGER DP16 6-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – DRIVER (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD17 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – PASSENGER (PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DP17 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

AC16 8-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM

DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

Ground LocationFC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicS FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

Driver Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

O DD10-07 WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S DD10-09 SCP –

I DD10-10 DRIVER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW DOWN REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD10-11 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SIGNAL: 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN

I DD10-12 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SIGNAL: 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN

SS DD10-13 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

O DD10-15 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

S DD10-16 SCP +

PG DD10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I DD10-18 DRIVER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW UP REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD10-19 DRIVER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW UP REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-04 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-05 EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-07 DRIVER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW DOWN REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

Major Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicS FC25-13 SCP +

S FC25-14 SCP –

Passenger Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DP10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

O DP10-07 WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG DP10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S DP10-09 SCP –

I DP10-10 PASSENGER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW DOWN REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DP10-11 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SIGNAL: 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN

I DP10-12 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SIGNAL: 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN

SS DP10-13 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

O DP10-15 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

S DP10-16 SCP +

PD DP10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I DP10-18 PASSENGER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW UP REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED

I DP11-05 EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

Security and Locking Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicS BT40-08 SCP +

S BT40-16 SCP –

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 103: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

DD16-4

DD16-2

BK

S

S

+

FC14-84

U

FC14-85

Y

DD10-13

DD10-1

N25

BK

FC4AR(FC2AR)

UY

B

S

S Y

UDD10-9

DD10-16

DP10-13

DP10-1

N50S

S Y

UDP10-9

DP10-16

DD10-8

DD10-17

DDS7

BK

FC2AR(FC4AR)

BDP10-8

DP10-17

DD1-2

DD1-21

B

DPS7DP1-2

DP1-21

BK

B

BK

BKDD11-4

I

DD11-12

I

NG

OY

37 DD3-10

DD3-12

DD3-11

NW

DD10-11

U

DP10-11

S

S

+

FC25-14

U

FC25-13

Y

I

I

RH

RH

LH

LH

DP10-18

DP10-10

DD11-7

IBR

DD10-19

IGB

DD10-10

IBG

DD10-18

IBO

DD17-10

NW

DD17-20

35

BKDDS7

FC4AR(FC2AR)

BKDD1-2

BK

DD17-16

DD17-17

DD17-6

DD17-7

BG

BO

DP17-1

NW

DP17-8

33

BKDPS7

FC2AR(FC4AR)

BKDP1-2

BK

DP17-2

DP17-7

DD10-15

O OY

DD10-12

RW

DD10-7

O O

DP10-15

O

DP10-12

DP10-7

O

DD16-5

DD16-6

DD16-1

DD16-3

I

I

BK

FC4AR(FC2AR)

BKDDS7 DD1-2

BK

DP16-4

DP16-2

UY

U

OY

RW

O

DP16-5

DP16-6

DP16-1

DP16-3

BK

FC2AR(FC4AR)

BKDPS7 DP1-2

BK

I

I

+

+

2601.1

01.2 NNRNR

NRNRNRNR

NRDD1-22AC16-1 (LHD)

AC15-20 (RHD)FCS81

RH2-8BT2-8

5101.1

01.2 NNWNW

NWNWNWNW

NWDP1-22AC15-20 (LHD)

AC16-1 (RHD)FCS82

RH2-13BT2-2

S

S

+

BT40-16

BT40-8

Y

U

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.121.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

B

P

B

P

SCP

DD11-5

IGU36DD3-5DD3-13

NW

DP11-5

IGU32DP3-5DP3-13

NW

Window Lifts Window Lifts Fig. 15.1

All Vehicles

TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

DRIVER SIDEFUSE BOX

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

LOCK

UNLOCK

KEY BARREL

DRIVER DOOR LOCKSWITCHES

TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

PASSENGER SIDEFUSE BOX

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK

CONVERTIBLETOP

CONTROL

REMOTEWINDOWCONTROL

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / WINDOW LIFT MESSAGES.

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

REMOTEWINDOW

CLOSE

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

MOVEMENT SENSOR

DRIVER WINDOW LIFT

MOVEMENT SENSOR

PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH

EXTERIOR HANDLE

EXTERIOR HANDLE

Page 104: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 15.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

CONVERTIBLE TOP CLOSED SWITCH RF4 6-WAY / WHITE TOP OF WINDSHIELD

CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH RH29 3-WAY / WHITE RH OPERATING CYLINDER

CONVERTIBLE TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH RF4 6-WAY / WHITE TOP OF WINDSHIELD

CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP BT15 2-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / RH SIDE

CONVERTIBLE TOP RAISED SWITCH RH29 3-WAY / WHITE RH OPERATING CYLINDER

CONVERTIBLE TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH RF4 6-WAY / WHITE TOP OF WINDSHIELD

CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH FC62 10-WAY / BLACK FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 22-WAY / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDP11 22-WAY / BLACK

LATCH CONTROL VALVE PH2 2-WAY / BLUE TRUNK / CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP

MAIN CONTROL VALVE PH3 2-WAY / ORANGE TRUNK / CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

QUARTER LIGHT LIFT – LH RH33 2-WAY / BLACK REAR QUARTER PANEL

QUARTER LIGHT LIFT – RH RH34 2-WAY / BLACK REAR QUARTER PANEL

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT41 26-WAY / BLACKBT42 10-WAY / BLACKRH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationQUARTER DOWN RELAY – LH BT74 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS

QUARTER DOWN RELAY – RH BT76 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS

QUARTER UP RELAY – LH BT74 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS

QUARTER UP RELAY – RH BT76 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS

TOP DOWN RELAY BT17 / BROWN TRUNK RELAYS

TOP UP RELAY BT16 / BROWN TRUNK RELAYS

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationBT3 20-WAY / YELLOW / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

PH1 3-WAY / YELLOW / TRUNK HARNESS TO CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL VALVE LINK HARNESS TRUNK / ADJACENT TO POWER AMPLIFIER

RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RH5 3-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK HARNESS BEHIND LEFT HAND QUARTER TRIM PANEL

RH6 3-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK HARNESS BEHIND RIGHT HAND QUARTER TRIM PANEL

RH12 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

Ground LocationBT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY

BT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

RH1 RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-10 CONVERTIBLE TOP RAISE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND

I FC14-33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II) : GROUND

I FC14-36 CONVERTIBLE TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-62 CONVERTIBLE TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I FC14-63 CONVERTIBLE TOP LOWER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

O FC14-77 REAR QUARTER GLASS DOWN RELAYS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

S FC14-84 SCP –

S FC14-85 SCP +

I FC14-89 CONVERTIBLE TOP CLOSED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O FC14-98 REAR QUARTER GLASS UP RELAYS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

Driver Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicS DD10-09 SCP –

S DD10-16 SCP +

Major Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-11 CAN +

S FC25-13 SCP +

S FC25-14 SCP –

C FC25-23 CAN –

Passenger Door Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicS DP10-09 SCP –

S DP10-16 SCP +

Security and Locking Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO BT40-03 TOP UP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O BT40-04 LATCH CONTROL VALVE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

B+ BT40-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

S BT40-08 SCP +

O BT40-09 MAIN CONTROL VALVE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O BT40-10 TOP DOWN RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG BT40-13 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

SG BT40-14 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

S BT40-16 SCP –

I BT41-03 CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 105: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Convertible Top Convertible Top Fig. 15.2

Convertible Vehicles

B

BT40-16

S

BT40-8

S Y

UBT40-6

NR53

BT40-13

BK

BT1AR

BT40-14

BKBKBTS21

BT40-10

BT40-3

O GB

O

RH12-16

FC14-80

N15

FC14-32

WR15I

5II

WUFC14-15

8II

RGFC14-33

FC14-98

S

S

+

FC14-84

U

FC14-85

Y

O GUFC14-77

+

BBT15-2

WBT15-1

U

UY

OU

UY

B

W

BPH3-2 PH3-1

BPH2-2 PH2-1

BT1AL

PHS1BT40-9O

GR

BT40-4O

GW

GWRH29-1 RH29-2

GW

RH1S

BBT41-3

GWBT3-1

I

NR

NR

BTS18

64

63

BTS20

B

B

B

B

BB

BT1AL BT2BL

GWBT3-7

GU

BT3-8

GB

GU

O

U

GW

BT3-4

GR

BT3-5

GB

GU

O

U

RH6-3

RH6-1

RH5-3

RH5-1

GW

GU

GW

GR

BT3-3

GB

RH12-17 BT3-6

GU GU

GB

BTS34

BTS33

NR

NR

B

B

B

BT1BR

71

72

NR

NR54

55

BTS37

NG

NGB

B

BT1BL

61

62

NR

NR56

57

BTS35

BT74

3

2

5

1

4

BT76

3

2

5

1

4

FC14-10

YR I

FC14-63

Y I

FC14-36

GW I

FC14-89

GR I

FC14-62

GU IGURF4-3

FC3BR

BK

GRRF4-2

GWRF4-5 RF4-4

OGRF1-13

RH29-3

RFS1

BKRF4-1 RF1-5

RF1-4

RF1-6

OG

OG

RF5-6

BK

FC62-10

FC62-1

FC62-6FC3BR

BKFCS47

BK

S

S Y

UDD10-9

DD10-16

S

S Y

UDP10-9

DP10-16

+

+ S

S

+

FC25-14

U

FC25-13

Y

I

I

BT16

3

1

5

2

4

BT17

3

1

5

2

4

RH33-2

RH33-1

RH34-2

RH34-1

I

OGRH12-15

B

Y

GFC25-11

FC25-23

C

C

+

–BT74

8

7

10

6

9

BT76

8

7

10

6

9

21.1

PH1-1

PH1-2

GR

GW

PH1-3

B BBTS20

B

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1B

P

B

CAN

SCP

WINDOWLIFT

CONTROL

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

WINDOWLIFT

CONTROL

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

CONVERTIBLE TOPSWITCH

TOP CLOSEDSWITCH

TOP LATCH CLOSEDSWITCH

TOP READY-TO-LATCHSWITCH

TOP RAISEDSWITCH

TOP DOWNSWITCH

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / CONVERTIBLE TOP MESSAGES.

VEHICLE SPEED

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

LATCH CONTROL VALVE

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

LH QUARTER UPRELAY

LH QUARTER DOWNRELAY

LH QUARTERLIGHT LIFT

RH QUARTER UPRELAY

RH QUARTER DOWNRELAY

RH QUARTERLIGHT LIFT

TOP UPRELAY

TOP DOWNRELAY

CONVERTIBLETOP PUMP

Page 106: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 16.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTENNA MOTOR BT19 6-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDE

CD AUTO-CHANGER (STANDARD ICE) IC7 8-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIC19 12-WAY / WHITEIC20 26-WAY / YELLOW

RADIO ANTENNA IC12 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE

RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW1 12-WAY / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWLSW4 6-WAY / BLACK

SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (MID-BASS) DD19 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING

SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (TWEETER) DD18 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

SPEAKER – LH SIDE FASCIA FC38 2-WAY / GREY FASCIA / LH SIDE

SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH26 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL

SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH30 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL

SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR (MID-BASS) DP19 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING

SPEAKER – RH SIDE FASCIA FC39 2-WAY / GREY FASCIA / RH SIDE

SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH27 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL

SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH31 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationAC14 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM

DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

IC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL

GROUNDS

Ground Location

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

CE2 ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL

BT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Major Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-11 CAN +

C FC25-23 CAN –

O FC26-20 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – AUDIO

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 107: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

IC20-18

GB

59

IC13

RH1-7 BT1-20 BT19-4

BT19-3

GB GB GB

NG

BT19-6

BBTS20

B

BT1AL

IC12

O

CE2AS

B

46 NRIC19-2

WIC19-7

7I

RUIC20-20

RGIC20-21

WBIC20-5

UIC20-4

UYIC20-17

OYIC20-1

RWIC20-2

10.2

10.2

Y

GFC25-11

FC25-23

C

C

FC26-20

OYO

21.1

IIC1-11

3.3 Κ Ω

BO BK

SW4-1 SW2-2

RW

BOFCS48

FC3BL

SC3-12

6.8 Κ Ω

20 Κ Ω

SW4-2

SW1-2

SW2-6 SW1-6

SC3-2 IC2-6

IRWRW

+

BO

UYIC20-19

GWIC20-7

IC7-1 IC8-1

IC7-2 IC8-2

IC7-3 IC8-3

IC7-4 IC8-4

IC7-5 IC8-5

IC7-6 IC8-6

IC7-7 IC8-7

IC7-8 IC8-8

B

Y

U

B

G

R

W

O

IC2-14

21.1

45 NRIC19-1

17.1

17.1

17.1

17.1

17.1

IC19-6

FC38-1

IC19-3

Y

IC19-8

YR

WG

BW

IC19-4

W

IC19-11

BG

IC19-5

WB

IC19-12

YU

BO

WU

IC19-10

UY

IC19-9

U

IC1-12

IC1-13

IC1-1

IC1-2

IC1-3

IC1-4

IC1-16

IC1-17

IC1-18

IC1-19

IC1-7

IC1-8

IC1-9

IC1-10

IC1-14

IC1-15

FCS67

FCS68

AC14-13

AC14-14

AC14-4

AC14-3

RH1-20

RH1-12

RH1-5

RH1-6

AC14-1

AC14-2

AC14-12

AC14-11

FCS27

FCS28

U

G

W

O

O

W

G

NDP1-17

DP1-23

DP1-11

DP1-12

RH1-3

RH1-4

RH1-2

RH1-1

DD1-12

DD1-11

DD1-23

DD1-17

FC38-2

DD18-1

DD18-2

DD19-1

DD19-2

RH26-1

RH26-2

RH27-1

RH27-2

FC39-1

FC39-2

DP18-1

DP18-2

DP19-1

DP19-2

NG

OG

Y

YR

WG

BW

W

BG

WB

YU

NG

OG

Y

YR

WG

BW

W

BG

WB

YU

NG

OG

BO

WU

UY

U

U

O

U

O

UY

U

U

O

BO

WU

NG OG

UO

RH30-1

RH30-2

RH31-1

RH31-2

COUPE

COUPE

CONV.

CONV.

ICS2

ICS1

YR

Y

Y

YR

ICS4

ICS3

UY

U

UY

U

U

UY

UY

GW

U

IC2-11

IC2-10

IC2-9

IC2-8

IC2-717.2

17.2

17.2

17.2

17.2

A

A

P

I

I

B

B

17.3

17.3

17.3

17.3

17.3

In-Car Entertainment: Standard In-Car Entertainment: Standard Fig. 16.1

Standard ICE Vehicles

VEHICLESPEED

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

DIMMER OVERRIDE

CELLULAR TELEPHONE(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

MODE

SEEK

VOLUME +

VOLUME –

RADIO CONTROLSWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic groundcircuits that must remain separate. Do not connect orcross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

TELEPHONEMUTE

TELEPHONEAUDIO +

TELEPHONEAUDIO -

AUDIONETWORK

CD AUTO-CHANGER

RADIO / CASSETTEHEAD UNIT

NOTE: Vehicles with Navigation –refer to Fig. 17.3 for CD circuit.

RADIOANTENNA

ANTENNAMOTOR

LH SIDEFASCIA SPEAKER

NOTE: The female pins of connectorDD1 are located on the vehicle LH sidefor both LHD and RHD vehicles. NOT USED

DRIVER DOORSPEAKER

(MID-BASS)

LH SIDEREAR QUARTER

SPEAKER(COUPE)

RH SIDEFASCIA SPEAKER

NOTE: The female pins of connectorDP1 are located on the vehicle LH sidefor both LHD and RHD vehicles.

LH SIDEREAR SPEAKER(CONVERTIBLE)

RH SIDEREAR SPEAKER(CONVERTIBLE)

NOT USED

PASSENGER DOORSPEAKER

(MID-BASS)

RH SIDEREAR QUARTER

SPEAKER(COUPE)

Page 108: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 16.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTENNA MOTOR BT19 6-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDE

CD AUTO-CHANGER (PREMIUM ICE) PROPRIETARY LINK LEAD TRUNK / RH SIDE

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

POWER AMPLIFIER IC7 8-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDEIC15 18-WAY / WHITEIC16 12-WAY / WHITE

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIC19 12-WAY / WHITEIC20 26-WAY / YELLOW

RADIO ANTENNA IC12 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE

RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW1 12-WAY / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWLSW4 6-WAY / BLACK

SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (MID-BASS) DD19 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING

SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (TWEETER) DD18 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

SPEAKER – LH SIDE FASCIA FC38 2-WAY / GREY FASCIA / LH SIDE

SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH26 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL

SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH30 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL

SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR (MID-BASS) DP19 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING

SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR (TWEETER) DP18 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR

SPEAKER – REAR (COUPE) RH26 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELFRH27 2-WAY / BLACK

SPEAKER – RH SIDE FASCIA FC39 2-WAY / GREY FASCIA / RH SIDE

SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH27 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL

SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH31 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationAC14 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM

DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

IC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY

RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL

GROUNDS

Ground LocationBT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY

CE2 ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Major Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-11 CAN +

C FC25-23 CAN –

O FC26-20 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – AUDIO

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 109: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

FC38-1

IC15-17

NG

IC15-7

OG

IC15-5

Y

IC15-15

YR

IC15-4

WG

IC15-12

BW

IC15-2

W

IC15-10

BG

IC15-11

WB

IC15-3

YU

IC15-13

BO

IC15-14

WU

IC15-6

UY

IC15-16

U

IC15-18

U

IC15-8

O

IC1-12

IC1-13

IC1-1

IC1-2

IC1-3

IC1-4

IC1-16

IC1-17

IC1-18

IC1-19

IC1-7

IC1-8

IC1-9

IC1-10

IC1-14

IC1-15

FCS67

FCS68

AC14-13

AC14-14

AC14-4

AC14-3

RH1-20

RH1-12

RH1-5

RH1-6

AC14-1

AC14-2

AC14-12

AC14-11

FCS27

FCS28

U

G

W

O

O

W

G

NDP1-17

DP1-23

DP1-11

DP1-12

RH1-3

RH1-4

RH1-2

RH1-1

DD1-12

DD1-11

DD1-23

DD1-17

FC38-2

DD18-1

DD18-2

DD19-1

DD19-2

RH26-1

RH26-2

RH27-1

RH27-2

RH26-1

RH26-2

RH27-1

RH27-2

FC39-1

FC39-2

DP18-1

DP18-2

DP19-1

DP19-2R B

R B

NG

OG

Y

YR

WG

BW

W

BG

WB

YU

NG

OG

Y

YR

WG

BW

W

BG

WB

YU

NG

OG

BO

WU

UY

U

U

O

U

O

UY

U

U

O

BO

WU

69

70

NG

NG

B

BT1CS

BIC4-6

IC4-5

B

BIC16-8

IC16-2

IC16-3

IC16-9

YIC16-7IC20-6

CE2AS

B

NG OG

UO

IC8-1 IC7-1

IC8-2 IC7-2

IC8-3 IC7-3

IC8-4 IC7-4

IC8-5 IC7-5

IC8-6 IC7-6

IC8-7 IC7-7

IC8-8 IC7-8

B

Y

U

B

G

R

W

O

RH30-1

RH30-2

RH31-1

RH31-2

46 NRIC19-2

WIC19-7

7I

RUIC20-20

RGIC20-21

OYIC20-1

RWIC20-2

10.2

10.2

Y

GFC25-11

FC25-23

C

C

FC26-20

OYO

21.1

IIC1-11

3.3 Κ Ω

BO BK

SW4-1 SW2-2

RW

BOFCS48

FC3BL

SC3-12

6.8 Κ Ω

20 Κ Ω

SW4-2

SW1-2

SW2-6 SW1-6

SC3-2 IC2-6

IRWRW

+

BO

21.1

45 NRIC19-1

IC19-6

O

BYUBGRWO

BKIC4-7

BKIC16-11(COUPE)IC16-12(CONV.)

BTS21

BK

BT1AR

WBIC20-5

UIC20-4

UYIC20-17

UYIC20-19

GWIC20-7

17.1

17.1

17.1

17.1

17.1

U

UY

UY

GW

U

IC2-11

IC2-10

IC2-9

IC2-8

IC2-717.2

17.2

17.2

17.2

17.2

A

A

B

B

B

I

I

P

B

B

P

P

IC20-18

GB

59

IC13

RH1-7 BT1-20 BT19-4

BT19-3

GB GB GB

NG

BT19-6

BBTS20

B

BT1AL

IC12

OIC2-14

17.3

17.3

17.3

17.3

17.3

In-Car Entertainment: Premium In-Car Entertainment: Premium Fig. 16.2

Premium ICE Vehicles

VEHICLESPEED

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

DIMMER OVERRIDE

CELLULAR TELEPHONE(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

MODE

SEEK

VOLUME +

VOLUME –

RADIO CONTROLSWITCHES

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic groundcircuits that must remain separate. Do not connect orcross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

TELEPHONEMUTE

TELEPHONEAUDIO +

TELEPHONEAUDIO -

AUDIONETWORK

RADIO / CASSETTEHEAD UNIT

CD AUTO-CHANGER

NOTE: Vehicles with Navigation –refer to Fig. 17.3 for CD circuit.

NOTE: Power Amplifier to CD Auto-changer flying lead.No connector codes are assigned.

RADIOANTENNA

ANTENNAMOTOR

TELEPHONEMUTE

AUDIONETWORK

POWER AMPLIFIER

LH SIDEFASCIA SPEAKER

NOTE: The female pins of connector DD1are located on the vehicle LH side for bothLHD and RHD vehicles.

DRIVER DOORSPEAKER

(TWEETER)

DRIVER DOORSPEAKER

(MID-BASS)

LH SIDEREAR QUARTER

SPEAKER(COUPE)

LH SIDEREAR SPEAKER(CONVERTIBLE)

RH SIDEREAR SPEAKER(CONVERTIBLE)

REAR SPEAKER(COUPE)

RH SIDEFASCIA SPEAKER

NOTE: The female pins of connector DP1are located on the vehicle LH side for bothLHD and RHD vehicles.

PASSENGER DOORSPEAKER

(TWEETER)

PASSENGER DOORSPEAKER

(MID-BASS)

RH SIDEREAR QUARTER

SPEAKER(COUPE)

NON NAVVEHICLES

Page 110: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 17.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE RT9 32-WAY / BLUE BEHIND REAR SEAT

RT10 2-WAY / GREY

MICROPHONE RF9 2-WAY / BLUE ROOF CONSOLE

TELEPHONE HAND SET HARD WIRED CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationRF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

RT3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

RT8 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BEHIND REAR SEAT

RT11 10-WAY / BLACK / TELEPHONE HAND SET CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

GROUNDS

Ground Location

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

Page 111: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Telephone System: ROW Telephone System: ROW Fig. 17.1

ROW Vehicles

NRRT9-12

GRT9-146

I

NRRT9-13

RT9-4

RT9-31

RT9-32

U

U

UY

RT9-18

RT9-17

RT9-27

YRT9-3

YURT9-25

BRT9-22

NRT9-20

ORT9-1

YRT9-24

RRT9-28

B

RT1-1RF1-17

RT1-3RF1-19

WWW

GGG

RT3-9

RT3-8

RT3-10

RT3-7

RT3-6

RT3-5

RT3-4

RT3-3

RT3-2

RT3-1

RT10-1

RT7-2

RT10-2

BRD

GRT1-5

G

RT9-7

UY

RT9-8

GW

16.1 16.2

16.1 16.2

16.1 16.2

16.1 16.2

16.1 16.2

RT7-1

NRT8-1

RT8-2

BRD

N

RF9-1

RF9-2

YBRDRF1-18

BRD YYRT1-2

Y

U

U

UY

UY

GW

RT1-6

RT1-7

RT1-8

RT1-9

RT1-10

RT11-9

RT11-8

RT11-10

RT11-7

RT11-6

RT11-5

RT11-4

RT11-3

RT11-2

RT11-1

Y

U

W

G

N

O

Y

R

B

U

RT9-29

RTS4 G A

A

RT9-9

RT1-11

FC2CS(FC4CS)

B

B

RT9-11

Y

B

B

B

B

RTS2

(1)

(2)RT1-16

RW BW41II

NRRT1-4

NR38

P

TELEPHONEANTENNA

MICROPHONE

HAND SET

MULTI-CORE CABLEHARD WIREDTO HAND SET

NOTE:(1) Early production vehicles.(2) Later production vehicles.

UNUSED WIRES IN HARNESS

TELEPHONEMUTE

TELEPHONEAUDIO +

TELEPHONEAUDIO -

CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE

TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

Page 112: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 17.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE RT2 12-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR SEAT

RT5 16-WAY / BLACK

MICROPHONE RF9 2-WAY / BLUE ROOF CONSOLE

TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT7 2-WAY / GREY TRUNK / ABOVE LH WHEEL ARCH

TELEPHONE HAND SET RECEIVER RT4 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationRF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

RT3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

RT6 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

RT8 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BEHIND REAR SEAT

RT11 10-WAY / BLACK / TELEPHONE HAND SET CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

GROUNDS

Ground Location

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

Page 113: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Telephone System: NAS (Early Production Vehicles) Telephone System: NAS (Early Production Vehicles) Fig. 17.2

NAS Early Production Vehicles

38

NRRT2-10

GRT2-2

6I

NRRT2-3

RT5-5

RT5-10

RT5-11

U

U

UY

RT2-12

RT2-11

RT2-1

YRT5-6

BRT2-6

URT5-14

WRT5-12

GRT2-8

NRT5-3

ORT5-4

Y

RT5-7

RRT5-13

BRT5-8

U

RT1-1RF1-17

RT1-3RF1-19

WWW

GGG

RT3-9

RT3-8

RT3-10

RT3-7

RT3-6

RT3-5

RT3-4

RT3-3

RT3-2

RT3-1

Y

U

W

G

N

O

Y

R

B

U

RT4-8

RT4-7

RT4-9

RT4-1

RT4-5

RT4-4

RT4-3

RT4-2

RT4-6

RT4-10

BRD

BRD

RT4-11

RT7-2

RT5-1

BRD

RT6-1

RT4-12RT6-2

BRD

W

BRD

NR

GRT1-5

RT1-4 RTS2

NR

G

RT5-16

UY

RT5-15

GW

16.1 16.2

16.1 16.2

16.1 16.2

16.1 16.2

16.1 16.2

RT7-1

NRT8-1

RT8-2

BRD

N

RF9-1

RF9-2

YBRDRF1-18

BRD Y BRDYRT1-2

Y

U

U

UY

UY

GW

RT1-6

RT1-7

RT1-8

RT1-9

RT1-10

RT11-9

RT11-8

RT11-10

RT11-7

RT11-6

RT11-5

RT11-4

RT11-3

RT11-2

RT11-1

Y

U

W

G

N

O

Y

R

B

U

A

A

RT2-4

RT2-9

RT1-11

RTS3

FC2CS(FC4CS)

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

P

P

TELEPHONEANTENNA

MICROPHONE

HAND SET RECEIVER

TELEPHONEMUTE

TELEPHONEAUDIO +

TELEPHONEAUDIO -

CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE

TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

Page 114: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 17.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE RT9 32-WAY / BLUE BEHIND REAR SEAT

MICROPHONE (ROOF CONSOLE) RF9 2-WAY / BLUE ROOF CONSOLE

TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT7 2-WAY / GREY TRUNK / ABOVE LH WHEEL ARCH

TELEPHONE HAND SET RECEIVER RT4 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

RT3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

RT6 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

RT8 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BEHIND REAR SEAT

RT11 10-WAY / BLACK / TELEPHONE HAND SET CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

GROUNDS

Ground LocationFC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

Page 115: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Telephone System: NAS (Later Production Vehicles) Telephone System: NAS (Later Production Vehicles) Fig. 17.3

NAS Later Production Vehicles

RT11-1

URT9-27

NRRT9-20

RT9-24

B

FC2CS(FC4CS)

RT9-8

B

NRRT9-21

GRT9-19

6I

RT4-2

RT4-1

RT9-12

RT11-2

BRT9-7

RT11-3

RRT9-32

RT11-4

GRT9-11

RT11-7

GRT9-23

RT11-10

WRT9-28

RT11-8

URT9-30

RT9-16

RT9-15

RT1-1

RT1-3

W

G

W

GRT9-22RT1-2

BRD BRDRF9-1

RF9-2

Y Y

RT7-1

RT7-2

B

B

B

P

P

I

I

I

W

BRD RT6-1

RT6-2

RF1-17

RF1-19

RF1-18

Y Y

W

G

BRD

URT9-29

URT9-26

UYRT9-25

UYRT9-6

GWRT9-5

U

UY

UY

GW

U

RT1-10

RT1-9

RT1-8

RT1-7

RT1-6

A

A

BRTS3

BRT1-11

N

BRD

RT11-9

YRT9-31

RT11-6

WRT9-13

RT3-1

RT3-2

RT3-3

RT3-4

RT3-6

RT3-7

RT3-10

RT3-8

RT3-9

U

B

R

Y

G

W

U

Y

N

WRRT9-4

B41II

N

B

R

K

G

N

O

P

S

O WRT11-5RT3-5

BRD

RT4-4

RT4-10

RT4-14

RT4-6

RT4-7

RT4-15

RT4-5

RT4-9

RT4-8

RT4-3

RTS1

RT8-1

RT8-2

N

BRD

NR38 NRRT1-4 RTS2

G

RW

RT1-5

RT1-16

16.2 16.1

16.2 16.1

16.2 16.1

16.2 16.1

16.2 16.1

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

MICROPHONE

ROOF CONSOLE

TELEPHONEMUTE

TELEPHONEAUDIO +

TELEPHONEAUDIO -

CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE

HAND SET RECEIVER

TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

TELEPHONEANTENNA

NOTE: This system to be introduced Mid-2003 MY.

Page 116: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 17.4

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCD AUTO-CHANGER (PREMIUM ICE) PROPRIETARY LINK LEAD TRUNK / RH SIDE

CD AUTO-CHANGER (STANDARD ICE) PROPRIETARY LINK LEAD TRUNK / RH SIDE

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE IC7 8-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDEIC22 16-WAY / BLACKIC23 24-WAY / BLACK

NAVIGATION DISPLAY MODULE FC97 12-WAY / BLACK BEHIND NAVIGATION DISPLAYFC98 16-WAY / BLACK

NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA IC5 2-WAY / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF

POWER AMPLIFIER IC16 12-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDEPROPRIETARY LINK LEAD

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIC19 12-WAY / WHITEIC20 26-WAY / YELLOW

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationIC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

IC3 14-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

Ground Location

BT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR

CE2 ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL

Page 117: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

CE2BS

IC22-8

NR

IC23-1 FC98-8

R RIC3-1

G G

U U

W W

Y Y

67

BRD

G

R

IC20-23

IC20-10

IC20-22

IC22-12

IC22-11

IC22-13

IC23-2 FC98-7IC3-2

IC23-3 FC98-5IC3-3

IC23-4 FC98-4IC3-4

IC23-5 FC98-2IC3-5

IC23-6 FC98-1IC3-6

IC23-7 FC98-15IC3-7

IC23-8 FC98-14IC3-8

FC97-6NR

FC97-4WU

FC97-2

BK

65

IC22-7

WU

BT2AR

IC22-1B

IC11-1

IC11-2

IC5-1

W

BRDIC5-2

FC97-12

RU 10.2

BRD BRD

BRD BRD

BRD BRD

FC97-11RG 10.2RG

FCS4

RG RGIC1-20IC22-14

BIC4-8

W W

BRD BRD

IC20-14 FC97-10IC3-9

IC20-16 FC97-8IC3-10

RU RUIC20-15 FC97-7IC3-13

O OIC20-8 FC97-9IC3-12

G

N

R

IC16-10

IC16-6

IC16-4

IC22-10

IC22-9

IC22-13

13I

YIC22-16 IC4-9

Y

BYUBGRWO

B

Y

U

B

G

R

W

O

09.3

BYUBGRWO

BBTS17

IC8-1 IC7-1

IC8-2 IC7-2

IC8-3 IC7-3

IC8-4 IC7-4

IC8-5 IC7-5

IC8-6 IC7-6

IC8-7 IC7-7

IC8-8 IC7-8

BYUBGRWO

OYIC20-1

Y

GFC25-11

FC25-23

C

C

FC26-20

OYO

21.1

IIC1-11

+

–21.1

IC20-9

OYO IIC22-15

G GIC23-10 FC98-11IC2-1

9I

B

B

I

I

I

P

I

B

B

P

I

Navigation System Navigation System Fig. 17.4

Navigation Vehicles

CD AUTO-CHANGER(PREMIUM ICE)

NOTE: Power Amplifier to CD Auto-changerflying lead. No connector codes are assigned.

POWER AMPLIFIER(PREMIUM ICE)

PREMIUM ICEAUDIO

PREMIUM ICEAUDIONETWORK

NOTE: Navigation Control Module to Power Amplifier flying lead.No connector codes are assigned.

VEHICLESPEED

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

VEHICLESPEED

AUDIONETWORK

STANDARD ICEAUDIO

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

AUDIO -

AUDIO +

PREMIUM ICEAUDIONETWORK

STANDARD ICEAUDIO

NETWORK

AUDIO -

AUDIO +

NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Navigation Control Module to CDAuto-changer flying lead. No connector codesare assigned.

CD AUTO-CHANGER(STANDARD ICE)

REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA

DIMMER CONTROL

DIMMER OVERRIDE

NAVIGATIONDISPLAY MODULE

Page 118: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 17.5

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationMAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIA

FC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE IC22 16-WAY / BLACKIC23 24-WAY / BLACK

NAVIGATION DISPLAY MODULE FC97 12-WAY / BLACK BEHIND NAVIGATION DISPLAYFC98 16-WAY / BLACK

NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA IC5 2-WAY / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH FC19 1-WAY / BLACK BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER

POWER AMPLIFIER IC16 12-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDE

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIC19 12-WAY / WHITEIC20 26-WAY / YELLOW

TELEVISION ANTENNA – LH #3 TV3 1-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW

TELEVISION ANTENNA – LH #4 TV35 1-WAY / METALLIC REAR WINDOW

TELEVISION ANTENNA – RH #1 TV4 1-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW

TELEVISION ANTENNA – RH #2 TV34 1-WAY / METALLIC REAR WINDOW

TELEVISION ANTENNA AMPLIFIER TV15 3-WAY / BLUE ABOVE LH REAR INNER WHEEL ARCHTV18 2-WAY / GREY

TELEVISION MODULE TV5 2-WAY / BLACK ON TRUNK FUSE BOX HOUSINGTV6 2-WAY / BLACKTV7 2-WAY / BLACKTV8 8-WAY / BLACK

VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL BEACON MODULE IR2 2-WAY / GREY SPARE WHEEL WELLTV10 8-WAY / BLACK

VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL INFRARED SENSOR IR1 2-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL

VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE TV12 4-WAY / BLACK SPARE WHEEL WELLTV14 8-WAY / BLACK

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationIC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

IC3 14-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

Ground LocationBT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

TV36 BELOW PARCEL SHELF

TV38 ADJACENT TO BATTERY

Page 119: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

FC3BL

IC22-8

NR

IC23-1 FC98-8

R RIC3-1

G G

U U

W W

Y Y

67

G

G

R

IC22-12

IC22-11

IC22-13

IC20-23

IC20-10

IC20-22

IC23-2 FC98-7IC3-2

IC23-3 FC98-5IC3-3

IC23-4 FC98-4IC3-4

IC23-5 FC98-2IC3-5

IC23-6 FC98-1IC3-6

IC23-7 FC98-15IC3-7

IC23-8 FC98-14IC3-8

FC97-6NR

FC97-4WU

FC97-2BK

65

IC22-7

WU

BT2AR

IC22-1B

IC11-1

IC11-2

IC5-1

W

BRDIC5-2

FC97-12RU 10.2

BRD BRD

BRD BRD

BRD BRD

FC97-11RG 10.2RG

FCS4

RG RGIC1-20IC22-14

BIC4-8

W W

BRD BRD

IC20-14 FC97-10IC3-9

IC20-16 FC97-8IC3-10

RU RUIC20-15 FC97-7IC3-13

O OIC20-8 FC97-9IC3-12

BRD

N

R

IC16-10

IC16-6

IC16-4

IC22-10

IC22-9

IC22-13

13I

W

G

BRD

IC23-13

IC23-14

IC23-11

IC23-12

BRDTV14-7

TV14-4

TV14-6

TV14-5

17I TV14-2

WU

TV38

BTVS12

B

TV12-2

TV12-1

TV11-1

TV11-2

TV38

TV10-2B

TVS12

B

TV10-6

TV10-5

TV10-7

TV10-4W

BRD

G

BRD

14I TV10-1

WU

TV10-8NR68

IR2-1

IR2-2

W

BRD

IR1-1

IR1-2

TV4-1

TV34-1

TV3-1

TV35-1

TV17-1

TV17-1A

TV17-2

TV17-2A

TV19-2

TV19-2A

TV19-1

TV19-1ATVS4

G

BRD

G

BRD

TV36

W

BRD

W

BRD

TV18-3

TV18-3A

G

BRD TV14-2

TV18-1WU15

I

TV15-1WU16

I

TV5-1

TV6-1

TV15-2A

TV15-3

TV15-3A

TV15-2U

BRD

R

BRD

TV5-2

TV6-2

TV7-1TV18-2

TV18-2A

N

BRDTV7-2

TV8-3WU18

I

TV8-4NR66

TV38

TV8-2B

TVS12

B

TV8-1

OYFC19

OYFCS56IC2-5

OY

YIC22-16 IC4-9

Y

9I

09.3

BTS17

B

BK

G GIC23-10 FC98-11IC2-1

OYIC22-15 IC20-9

O OYIC20-1

Y

G

FC25-11

FC25-23

C

C

FC26-20

OY OIIC1-11

+

21.1

21.1

TV12-4

TV12-3

B

B

I

I

I

P

P

B

B

I

I

I

B

B

P

P

P

B

B

B

B

B

Navigation System with TV and VICS Navigation System with TV and VICS Fig. 17.5

Japan Navigation Vehicles

VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL

INFRARED SENSOR

VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL

BEACON MODULE

TELEVISIONANTENNA

RH #1

TELEVISIONANTENNA

RH #2

TELEVISIONANTENNA

LH #3

TELEVISIONANTENNA

LH #4

TELEVISION ANTENNAAMPLIFIER

NOTE: Any one of the connectedtelevision antennas serves as aVICS antenna.

VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL MODULE

PREMIUM ICEAUDIO

POWER AMPLIFIER(PREMIUM ICE)

AUDIO -

AUDIO +

AUDIO -

AUDIO +

NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Navigation Control Module toTelevision Module flying lead. No wire colorcodes or connector codes are assigned.

REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

VEHICLESPEED

STANDARD ICEAUDIO

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

TELEVISION MODULE

NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

VEHICLESPEED

DIMMEROVERRIDE

DIMMERCONTROL

NAVIGATIONDISPLAY MODULE

PARKING BRAKESWITCH

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 17.4 for Navigation Vehicles CD Auto-changer circuits.

Page 120: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 18.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDRIVER DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS SW12 2-WAY / GREY CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

SW13 2-WAY / BLACK

DRIVER SEAT POSITION SWITCH SD21 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION

IMPACT SENSOR – FRONT LF50 2-WAY / BLACK FORWARD OF RADIATOR

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE FC8 24-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEFC9 40-WAY / BLACK

SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER (LHD) PT2 2-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER (RHD) PT3 2-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER (LHD) PT3 2-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER (RHD) PT2 2-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER SD20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION

SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION

SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER SD15 2-WAY / BROWN SEAT BACK

SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER SD16 2-WAY / BROWN SEAT BACK

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER (LHD) RH15 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BELT RETRACTOR / REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER (RHD) RH16 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BELT RETRACTOR / REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER (LHD) RH16 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BELT RETRACTOR / REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER (RHD) RH15 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BELT RETRACTOR / REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationLF2 4-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

PT1 4-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT

SD13 3-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER BELOW SEAT CUSHION

SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

SP13 3-WAY / BLACK / PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER BELOW SEAT CUSHION

SW10 4-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER AIRBAG HARNESS INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL

GROUNDS

Ground LocationFC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE

Page 121: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

RH15-2

FC8-5WFC8-12

FC8-16

BK

FC1S

FC9-23

BW

23II

Y

SD15-1

SD15-2

Y

U

SD13-1

SD13-3

U

O

NW

NG

SC3-1

SC3-2

WR

RU

SC3-3

SC3-4

08.1

FC8-22

BW O

FC8-11

O21.2 D

FC9-25

FC8-15 O

RH15-1

FC9-27

W

FC9-28

G

RH16-2

RH16-1

FC9-29

WU

FC9-30

GU

LF50-2

OY

LF50-1

YUFC9-19

OY

FC9-20

YULF2-1

LF2-3

FC9-24

RWSD21-2

SD21-1

FC8-6

FC8-1

FC8-2

FC9-1

FC9-2

SP15-1

SP15-2

Y

U

SP13-1

SP13-2

UY

OY

FC9-21

FC9-22

FC9-27

WU

FC9-28

GURH16-2

RH16-1

FC9-29

W

FC9-30

GRH15-2

RH15-1

B

08.2

SD1-9

SD1-10

BW

RW

SD1-4

SW10-1

SW10-2

SU

S

S

S

SW10-3

SW10-4

PT1-4

PT1-3

RW

BW

FC9-31

FC9-32

PT3-2

PT3-1

RW

BW

PT1-2

PT1-1

RW

BW

FC9-33

FC9-34

PT2-2

PT2-1

RW

BW

SC4-1

SC4-2

SC4-3

SC4-4

SW13-1

SW13-2

SW12-1

SW12-2

YW

RO

SO

SW

RH9-6

RH9-5

RH9-8

RH9-7

RH9-8

RH9-7

RH9-6

RH9-5

W

G

WU

GU

WU

GU

W

G

BKFCS45

SP20-4

WGSP20-3

SP20-1SPS7SP1-11FCS45

GBKBK

FC1S

G

YG

SD20-4

WGSD20-3

SD20-1SDS7SD1-11FCS45

GBKBK

FC1S

G

YU

20II

19II

YU

SP1-4 FC9-26

PT1-4

PT1-3

RW

BW

FC9-33

FC9-34

PT3-2

PT3-1

RW

BW

PT1-2

PT1-1

RW

BW

FC9-31

FC9-32

PT2-2

PT2-1

RW

BW

SD20-2

G12.112.2

SP20-2

YG

Advanced Restraints System: Part 1 Advanced Restraints System: Part 1 Fig. 18.1

All Vehicles

FRONT IMPACTSENSOR

DRIVERSIDE IMPACT

SENSOR(LHD)

PASSENGERSIDE IMPACT

SENSOR(LHD)

DRIVERSIDE IMPACT

SENSOR(RHD)

PASSENGERSIDE IMPACT

SENSOR(RHD)

DRIVER SEATPOSITION SWITCH

HALL EFFECTSWITCH

DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE

HALL EFFECTSWITCH

DRIVERSEAT BELT SWITCH

HALL EFFECTSWITCH

PASSENGERSEAT BELT SWITCH

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

BPM: AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: AIRBAG WARNING(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

STAGETWO

STAGEONE

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE(Continued Fig. 18.2)

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

DRIVERDUAL AIRBAGIGNITERS

DRIVERSIDE AIRBAGIGNITER

PASSENGERSIDE AIRBAGIGNITER

DRIVERSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER(LHD)

PASSENGERSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER(LHD)

DRIVERSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER(RHD)

PASSENGERSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER(RHD)

Page 122: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 18.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationOCCUPANCY SENSING CONTROL MODULE FC10 26-WAY / YELLOW ‘A’ POST / RH SIDE OF FASCIA

PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP FC15 3-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA

PASSENGER DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS FC75 2-WAY / BLACK SIDE OF AIRBAG ASSEMBLYFC76 2-WAY / BLACK

PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR SP18 3-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION

PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSING CONTROL MODULE SP21 10-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE FC8 24-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEFC9 40-WAY / BLACK

SPATIAL SENSOR – CENTER CONSOLE RZ2 4-WAY / WHITE BEHIND ROOF CONSOLE

SPATIAL SENSOR – PASSENGER ‘A’ POST (LHD) RF3 8-WAY / YELLOW UPPER RH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

SPATIAL SENSOR – PASSENGER ‘A’ POST (RHD) RZ3 4-WAY / BLACK UPPER LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

SPATIAL SENSOR – PASSENGER ‘B’ POST (LHD) RH11 4-WAY / WHITE ‘B’ POST (COUPE); REAR QUARTER (CONV.) / TRIM

SPATIAL SENSOR – PASSENGER ‘B’ POST (RHD) RH10 4-WAY / WHITE ‘B’ POST (COUPE); REAR QUARTER (CONV.) / TRIM

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationRF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE

RZ1 8-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LOWER LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

GROUNDS

Ground LocationFC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE

Page 123: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Advanced Restraints System: Part 2 Advanced Restraints System: Part 2 Fig. 18.2

All Vehicles

SP18-A

SP18-C

SP18-B

FC10-25

G

WG

BOSP21-H

SP21-J

SP21-K

OFC9-17

UFC9-18

C

CFC10-24

C

C

WFC10-22

22II

+

FC1S

BK BKFC10-23 FCS45

B

RF3-1

RF3-2

FC10-6

U

FC10-5

WGRF5-2

RF5-1

SP21-E FC10-12

SP21-F FC10-11

O

U

U

W

FC8-14

FC76-2

BW

RW

FC76-1

FC75-2

BW

RW

FC75-1

FC8-13

FC8-4

FC8-3

WFC8-19OFC15-3FC15-1

24II

YB

SP21-D

G

FC1S

GSPS7SP1-11

BKBKFCS45

SP21-G

WG21II

B

O

USP1-9

SP1-10

C

C

C

C

+

RF3-3 FC10-19

ORF5-4

O

RF3-4 FC10-18

WRF5-3

W

RZ2-1

RZ2-2

FC10-2

G

FC10-1

WURZ1-2

RZ1-1

G

WU

RZ2-3 FC10-4

YRZ1-4

Y

RZ2-4 FC10-3

WRZ1-3

W

RH11-1

RH11-2

FC10-8

G

FC10-7

RRH9-12

RH9-11

G

U

RH11-3 FC10-21

YRH9-14

Y

RH11-4 FC10-20

NRH9-13

N

RZ3-1

RZ3-2

FC10-19

O

FC10-18

WRZ1-8

RZ1-7

O

W

RZ3-3 FC10-6

URZ1-6

U

RZ3-4 FC10-5

WGRZ1-5

WG

RH10-1

RH10-2

FC10-8

G

FC10-7

RRH9-2

RH9-1

G

R

RH10-3 FC10-21

YRH9-4

Y

RH10-4 FC10-20

NRH9-3

N

+

+

CENTER CONSOLESPATIAL SENSOR

PASSENGER“A” POST

SPATIAL SENSOR(LHD)

PASSENGER“A” POST

SPATIAL SENSOR(RHD)

PASSENGER“B” POST

SPATIAL SENSOR(LHD)

PASSENGER“B” POST

SPATIAL SENSOR(RHD)

PASSENGER SEATWEIGHT

PRESSURE SENSOR

LOCAL

PASSENGER SEATWEIGHT SENSING

CONTROL MODULE

LOCAL

LOCAL

OCCUPANCY SENSINGCONTROL MODULE

IMPACT SENSORS;PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH:

REFER TO FIG. 18.1.

PASSENGER AIRBAGDEACTIVATED

INDICATOR LAMP

STAGETWO

LOCAL

STAGEONE

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE

(Continued from Fig. 18.1)

NOTE: RCM power supply shown on Fig. 18.1.

PASSENGERDUAL AIRBAGIGNITERS

Page 124: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 19.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationPARKING AID CONTROL MODULE BT4 16-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL

BT5 6-WAY / BLACK

PARKING AID SENSOR – CENTER LH RB3 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER

PARKING AID SENSOR – CENTER RH RB4 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER

PARKING AID SENSOR – LH RB2 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER

PARKING AID SENSOR – RH RB5 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER

PARKING AID SOUNDER RH4 2-WAY / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationBT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

RB1 6-WAY / BLACK / TRUNK HARNESS TO PARKING AID SENSORS LINK HARNESS TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL

GROUNDS

Ground Location

BT3 TRUNK, LEFT REAR

Page 125: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Parking Aid System Parking Aid System Fig. 19.1

Parking Aid Vehicles

WGBT4-1

BT3S

BT4-16

B

BT4-2U

BT4-10R

RB4-1GU

RB4-2

GO

RB4-3GW

RH4-1

RH4-2

RB5-1GU

RB5-2

GW

RB5-3GW

RB3-1GU

RB3-2

BO

RB3-3GW

RB2-1GU

RB2-2

NG

RB2-3GW

I

I

I

I

BT5-4

BT5-6

BT5-2

BT5-1

BT5-3

BT5-5

YBT4-6

09.3 I

BTS23B

BT1-14

BT1-15–

+

B

P

OBT4-12

21.2 D

12I

GU

GWRBS2

RBS1

GO

W

BO

NG

GU

GW

RB1-5

RB1-4

RB1-6

RB1-1

RB1-3

RB1-2

U

R

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

PARKING AIDCONTROL MODULE

PARKING AIDSOUNDER

RHSENSOR

CENTER RHSENSOR

CENTER LHSENSOR

LHSENSOR

Page 126: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 20.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACCESSORY CONNECTOR – FASCIA FC51 3-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / ADJACENT TO RH SIDE OF GLOVE BOX

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRUNK BT25 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

CIGAR LIGHTER FC42 2-WAY / METALLIC FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTORFC59 1-WAY / BLACK

FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET

GARAGE DOOR OPENER (ROOF CONSOLE) RF10 6-WAY / GREY ROOF CONSOLE

HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) HP1 1-WAY / METALLIC CENTER OF STEERING WHEELHP2 1-WAY / METALLICHP3 EYELET

HORNS LF12 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER

RELAYS

Relay Connector / Color LocationHORN RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R6

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL

GROUNDS

Ground LocationBT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR

FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Body Processor Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-04 HORN SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)

O FC14-70 HORN RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 127: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Ancillaries Ancillaries Fig. 20.1

All Vehicles

FC14-80

N15FC14-70

O GWLF60-14

FC14-4

BK BK

SW2-1

GU

B BKFCS48

FC3BL

SC2-9

SW1-1

SW2-5 SW1-5

SC3-1

IGUGU

FC42-1 FC42-2

B 8I

WUBFCS49

FC4BR(FC2BR)

B

WR

NG27

B

WR

NG28

BT25-1

BT25-3

BT25-2

FC51-1

FC51-3

FC51-2

BT2BR (CONV.)BT2BS (COUPE)

FC2BL(FC4BL)

NR

BK

RF10-2

RF10-1RFS1BK

RF5-6

BK

FC3BR

17RF11-1

RF11-2

GU

HP3

HP2

HP1

BKSCS1

FC2DS

3ARP1-2 RP1-1

B

NNWRP2

RP3

8

B

P

4

LF6-6GW

4

10I

11I

R63

1

5

2 BLFS9

LF2BSF13 LF7-5

F11 15A LF7-1

LF12-2

BLF12-1

GB

HORNSWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

CAUTION!: The Steering Wheel contains two logic groundcircuits that must remain separate. Do not connect orcross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

HORNS

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

HORN RELAY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

HORNSCIGAR LIGHTER

CIGAR LIGHTER

TRUNKACCESSORYCONNECTOR

FASCIAACCESSORYCONNECTOR

ACCESSORY CONNECTORS

GARAGE DOOROPENER

ROOF CONSOLE

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

ELECTRONICROAD PRICING

MODULE

ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING

Page 128: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 21.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF61 12-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF RADIATOR

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

DATA LINK CONNECTOR FC53 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 22-WAY / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDP11 22-WAY / BLACK

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF37 25-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER

J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE FC88 10-WAY / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY

LINEAR SWITCH MODULE FC100 12-WAY / GREY LH SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE

MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSD4 26-WAY / BLACKSD5 10-WAY / BLACK

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSP5 10-WAY / BLACK

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT41 26-WAY / BLACKBT42 10-WAY / BLACKRH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

AC14 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM

DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT

SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT

GROUNDS

Ground Location

FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 129: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

CAN (Network); SCP Network CAN (Network); SCP Network Fig. 21.1

All Vehicles

FC53-10

U

FC53-2

Y

FC53-4

BK

FC53-5

BK

24

43II

17I

4II

FC3BL

FCS48

SP5-10

S

SP5-9

SY

U –

+

S

S Y

UFC14-84

FC14-85

+

EM80-124

EM80-123

+

C

C

FC88-4

FC88-3

G

YFC88-9

FC88-8

+

+

C

C

C

C

FC25-11

FC25-23

FC25-10

FC25-24

+

+

C

C

C

C

NW

WU

WR

WU

G

Y

FC53-16

FC53-9

FC53-8

FC53-1

FC53-6

FC53-14

C

C

+

FC25-14

S

FC25-13

SY

U –

+

S

S Y

UBT40-16

BT40-8

+

S

S Y

UDP10-9

DP10-16

+

S

S Y

UDD10-9

DD10-16

+

SD5-10

S

SD5-9

SY

U –

+

SP1-3

SP1-8

SD1-3

SD1-8

Y

U

Y

U

BT1-10

BT1-11

DP1-8

DP1-3

DD1-8

DD1-3

AC14-8

AC14-9

FCS11

FCS12

ACS5

ACS6

Y

U

Y

U

Y

U

Y

U

Y

U

RH2-11

RH2-12

Y

U

S

S

+

BK

Y

U

Y

U

SD22-13S

SD22-14SY

U –

+

SDS9

SDS10

SP22-13

S

SP22-14

SY

U –

+

SPS9

SPS10

EMS34

EMS35

G

Y

GB2-6

GB2-2

+

C

C

G

YLF37-11

LF37-15

+

C

C

LF40-3

LF40-4

G

Y

G

Y

G

Y EMS32

EMS33

Y

G

LF61-11

LF61-5

C

C –

+

G

YLF61-10

LF61-4

C

C–

+

G

Y

FC100-3

FC100-2

FC100-8

FC100-7

+

+

C

C

C

C

EM1-6

EM1-7

G

Y

G

Y

G

YB

B

TRANSMISSION CONTROLMODULE

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROLCONTROL MODULE

LINEAR SWITCHMODULE

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

J GATEILLUMINATION MODULE

MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER

CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE

STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)

DATA LINKCONNECTOR

NOTE: Network circuits shown incorporate all vehicle options.

Page 130: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Fig. 21.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE BT69 35-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL CARRIER

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 26-WAY / GREY A/C UNIT / RH SIDEAC2 16-WAY / GREYAC3 12-WAY / GREYAC4 22-WAY / GREY

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

DATA LINK CONNECTOR FC53 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

HID HEADLAMP UNIT – LH LF30 9-WAY / BLACK LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

HID HEADLAMP UNIT – RH LF23 9-WAY / BLACK RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 20-WAY / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE BT4 16-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELLBT5 6-WAY / BLACK

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE FC8 24-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEFC9 40-WAY / BLACK

SECURITY SOUNDER – ACTIVE (ROW ONLY) LF18 6-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationAC14 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE

BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH

EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR

LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

LF59 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM

RH12 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

Ground LocationFC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 131: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Jaguar XK Range 2003

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP

CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground

SCPInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 8

II E

Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

A

C D

S

PFig. 01.1

9 52 Fig. 01.2

53 87 Fig. 01.3

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.6

Fig. 02.11 5

I I6 18

II II19 60

E E61 93

1 17I

Serial Data Link Serial Data Link Fig. 21.2

O

FC53-15

W

FC53-7

O

FC53-4

BK

FC53-5

BK

24

43II

17I

4II

FC3BL

FCS48

NW

WU

WR

WU

FC53-16

FC53-9

FC53-8

FC53-1

O

WBT69-28

BT69-10

OEM80-105

FC22-6

O D

D

D

D

AC4-10

AC4-21

O

W D

D

BT2-19

BT2-20

RH12-4

RH12-5

EM2-18

AC14-5

AC14-6

O

W

O

W

O

O

W

D

D

FC8-11

D

FCS15

FCS16

BK

D YBFC14-13

GO

LF18-6

LF18-3

LF18-4

LF18-5

GOLF1-12

D DFC14-92FC22-9

OLF30-5

D

OLF23-5

D

OLFS10 LF59-1

O

OBT4-12

D

BTS45

B

B

O

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE

PARKING AIDCONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

LH HID HEADLAMPASSEMBLY

RH HID HEADLAMPASSEMBLY

NOTE: FCS15 – Adaptive Damping vehicles only.

NOTE: BTS45 – Adaptive Damping vehicles only.KEY TRANSPONDER

MODULE

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

BODY PROCESSORMODULE

NOTE: Serial Data Link:W wire – serial inputO wire – serial outputO wire only – Bidirectional Serial Communication

ACTIVE SECURITYSOUNDER

(ROW ONLY)

DATA LINKCONNECTOR

NOTE: Serial Data Link circuit shown incorporates all vehicle options.

All Vehicles

HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE

HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE

Page 132: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the
Page 133: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 i

This Appendix contains a listing of SCP and CAN Network messages.

NOTE: Passive Anti-Theft System and Security System messages are not included in this appendix.

The following acronyms and abbreviations are used throughout this section:

A/C Air ConditioningASC Adaptive Speed Control

ASCCM Adaptive Speed Control Control ModuleBPM Body Processor ModuleCAN Controller Area NetworkCM Control Module

DDCM Driver Door Control ModuleDHRCM Driver Head Restraint Control Module

DSC Dynamic Stability ControlDSCCM Dynamic Stability Control Control Module

DSCM Driver Seat Control ModuleDTC Diagnostic Trouble CodeECM Engine Control Module

IC Instrument ClusterID Identification

JGM (ILL) J Gate Module (Illumination)LSM Linear Switch ModuleMIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp

PDCM Passenger Door Control ModulePHRCM Passenger Head Restraint Control Module

PID Parameter IdentificationPSCM Passenger Seat Control ModuleSLCM Security and Locking Control Module

SCP Standard Corporate Protocol NetworkTCM Transmission Control ModuleWDS Worldwide Diagnostic System

Page 134: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

ii DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix

SCP Message Matrix

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

SLC

MBPM

ICD

DC

MD

SCM

DH

RC

MPD

CM

PSC

MPH

RC

MW

DS

ASC

Driv

er In

terv

ene

Chi

me

Com

man

dIC

X

All

Phot

o C

ell D

ark

Stat

us -

No

(Fal

se)

BPM

X

All

Phot

o C

ell D

ark

Stat

us -

Yes

(Tru

e)BP

M

X

Hoo

d A

jar

BPM

XX

Hoo

d C

lose

dBP

MX

X

Trun

k A

jar

SLC

MX

X

Trun

k C

lose

dSL

CM

XX

BPM

Dat

a Tr

ansf

erW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

BPM

Dia

gnos

tic C

omm

and

WD

SX

BPM

Dia

gnos

tic R

outin

e Re

sults

BPM

X

BPM

DTC

s C

lear

edBP

M

X

BPM

DTC

s Re

port

BPM

X

BPM

Ent

erin

g Sl

eep

Mod

eBP

MX

XX

XX

XX

X

BPM

Fre

eze

Fram

e D

ata

BPM

X

BPM

Gen

eral

Res

pons

eBP

M

X

BPM

Mem

ory

Dat

aBP

M

X

BPM

Not

Pro

gram

med

BPM

X

BPM

PID

Dat

aBP

M

X

BPM

Sec

urity

Acc

ess

Resp

onse

BPM

X

BPM

Writ

e PI

D R

espo

nse

BPM

X

Brak

e Pe

dal P

ress

edIC

X

Cha

rgin

g O

KIC

X

X

Clo

se C

onve

rtib

le T

opBP

MX

Clo

se P

asse

nger

Win

dow

DD

CM

X

Con

vert

ible

Veh

icle

BPM

X

DD

CM

Dat

a Tr

ansf

erW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

DD

CM

Dia

gnos

tic R

outin

e Re

sults

DD

CM

X

DD

CM

DTC

s C

lear

edD

DC

M

X

DD

CM

DTC

s Re

port

DD

CM

X

DD

CM

Ent

erin

g Sl

eep

Mod

eD

DC

MX

XX

XX

XX

X

DD

CM

Fre

eze

Fram

e D

ata

DD

CM

X

Page 135: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 iii

SCP Message MatrixD

DC

M G

ener

al R

espo

nse

DD

CM

X

DD

CM

Mem

ory

1 Re

calle

dD

DC

MX

DD

CM

Mem

ory

2 Re

calle

dD

DC

MX

DD

CM

Mem

ory

Dat

aD

DC

M

X

DD

CM

Not

Pro

gram

med

DD

CM

X

DD

CM

PID

Dat

aD

DC

M

X

DD

CM

Sec

urity

Acc

ess

Resp

onse

DD

CM

X

DD

CM

Writ

e PI

D R

espo

nse

DD

CM

X

DH

RCM

Ent

erin

g sl

eep

mod

eD

HRC

MX

XX

XX

X

XX

DH

RCM

Mem

ory

1 re

calle

dD

HRC

M

X

DH

RCM

Mem

ory

2 re

calle

dD

HRC

M

X

Dip

Bea

m O

ffBP

MX

Dip

Bea

m O

nBP

MX

Driv

er D

oor

Aja

rD

DC

MX

XX

XX

Driv

er D

oor

Clo

sed

DD

CM

XX

XX

X

Driv

er D

oor

Lock

edSL

CM

XX

X

Driv

er D

oor

Supe

r lo

cked

DD

CM

X

Driv

er D

oor

Unl

ocke

dSL

CM

XX

X

Driv

er D

oor

Uns

uper

lock

edD

DC

MX

Driv

er L

ock

Switc

h St

atus

DD

CM

XX

Driv

er M

irror

Dow

nD

DC

M

X

Driv

er M

irror

Up

DD

CM

X

Driv

er S

eat H

eate

r Sw

itch

Pres

sBP

MX

Driv

er S

eat H

eate

r Te

ll Ta

le O

ffD

SCM

X

Driv

er S

eat H

eate

r Te

ll Ta

le O

nD

SCM

X

Driv

er W

indo

w P

ositi

onD

DC

MX

DSC

M D

ata

Tran

sfer

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

DSC

M D

iagn

ostic

Rou

tine

Resu

ltsD

SCM

X

DSC

M D

TCs

Cle

ared

DSC

M

X

DSC

M D

TCs

Repo

rtD

SCM

X

DSC

M E

nter

ing

Slee

p M

ode

DSC

MX

XX

XX

XX

X

DSC

M F

reez

e Fr

ame

Dat

aD

SCM

X

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

SLC

MBPM

ICD

DC

MD

SCM

DH

RC

MPD

CM

PSC

MPH

RC

MW

DS

Page 136: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

iv DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix

SCP Message MatrixD

SCM

Gen

eral

Res

pons

eD

SCM

X

DSC

M M

emor

y 1

Reca

lled

DSC

MX

DSC

M M

emor

y 2

Reca

lled

DSC

MX

DSC

M M

emor

y D

ata

DSC

M

X

DSC

M N

ot P

rogr

amm

edD

SCM

X

DSC

M P

ID D

ata

DSC

M

X

DSC

M S

ecur

ity A

cces

s Re

spon

seD

SCM

X

DSC

M W

rite

PID

Res

pons

eD

SCM

X

Engi

ne R

unni

ngIC

XX

X

X

Fold

Fla

t Mirr

ors

DD

CM

X

X

Gla

ss B

reak

Det

ecte

dBP

MX

Haz

ards

Off

BPM

X

Haz

ards

On

BPM

X

Con

vert

ible

Top

Lat

ch S

tatu

sBP

M

Con

vert

ible

Top

Lat

ch W

arni

ng O

ffSL

CM

X

Con

vert

ible

Top

Lat

ch W

arni

ng O

nSL

CM

X

IC E

nter

ing

Slee

p M

ode

ICX

XX

XX

XX

X

Igni

tion

Stat

usBP

MX

XX

XX

XX

X

Iner

tia S

witc

h A

ctiv

eBP

MX

X

Iner

tia S

witc

h In

activ

eBP

MX

X

Inte

rior

Ligh

ts O

ffBP

MX

Inte

rior

Ligh

ts O

nBP

MX

J-Gat

e N

ot-In

-Par

k Sw

itch

Act

ive

BPM

XX

X

X

J-Gat

e N

ot-In

-Par

k Sw

itch

Inac

tive

BPM

XX

X

X

Key

In Ig

nitio

nBP

MX

X

X

Key

Not

In Ig

nitio

nBP

MX

X

X

Key

Val

id w

ith IV

IN D

ata

BPM

XX

Left

Turn

Sig

nal L

amp

Off

BPM

X

Left

Turn

Sig

nal L

amp

On

BPM

X

Left

Han

d D

rive

Vehi

cle

BPM

X

X

Lock

Fro

nt D

oors

DD

CM

X

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

SLC

MBPM

ICD

DC

MD

SCM

DH

RC

MPD

CM

PSC

MPH

RC

MW

DS

Page 137: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 v

SCP Message MatrixLo

ck F

ront

Doo

rsPD

CM

X

Low

Was

her

Flui

d W

arni

ng O

ffBP

MX

Low

Was

her

Flui

d W

arni

ng O

nBP

MX

Mai

n Be

am F

lash

Off

BPM

X

Mai

n Be

am F

lash

On

BPM

X

Mai

n Be

am O

ffBP

MX

Mai

n Be

am O

nBP

MX

Net

wor

k Aw

ake

(BPM

)BP

MX

XX

XX

XX

X

Net

wor

k Aw

ake

(DD

CM

)D

DC

MX

XX

XX

XX

X

Net

wor

k Aw

ake

(DH

RCM

)D

HRC

MX

XX

XX

X

XX

Net

wor

k Aw

ake

(DSC

M)

DSC

MX

XX

XX

XX

X

Net

wor

k Aw

ake

(IC)

ICX

XX

XX

XX

X

Net

wor

k Aw

ake

(PD

CM

)PD

CM

XX

XX

XX

XX

Net

wor

k Aw

ake

(PH

RCM

)PH

RCM

XX

XX

XX

XX

Net

wor

k Aw

ake

(PSC

M)

PSC

MX

XX

XX

XX

X

Net

wor

k Aw

ake

(SLC

M)

SLC

MX

XX

XX

XX

X

Non

Con

vert

ible

Veh

icle

BPM

X

Ope

n Tr

unk

BPM

X

Ope

n Fu

el F

iller

Fla

pBP

MX

Ope

n C

onve

rtib

le T

opBP

MX

Ope

n Pa

ssen

ger

Win

dow

DD

CM

X

Pass

enge

r D

oor

Aja

rPD

CM

XX

X

XX

Pass

enge

r D

oor

Clo

sed

PDC

MX

XX

X

X

Pass

enge

r D

oor

Lock

edSL

CM

XX

X

Pass

enge

r D

oor

Supe

r lo

cked

PDC

MX

Pass

enge

r D

oor

Unl

ocke

dSL

CM

X

X

Pass

enge

r D

oor

Uns

uper

lock

edPD

CM

X

Pass

enge

r Lo

ck S

witc

h St

atus

PDC

MX

X

Pass

enge

r M

irror

Dow

nD

DC

M

X

Pass

enge

r M

irror

Lef

tD

DC

M

X

Pass

enge

r M

irror

Rig

htD

DC

M

X

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

SLC

MBPM

ICD

DC

MD

SCM

DH

RC

MPD

CM

PSC

MPH

RC

MW

DS

Page 138: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

vi DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix

SCP Message MatrixPa

ssen

ger

Mirr

or U

pD

DC

M

X

Pass

enge

r Se

at H

eate

r Sw

itch

Pres

sBP

M

X

Pass

enge

r Se

at H

eate

r Te

ll Ta

le O

ffPS

CM

X

Pass

enge

r Se

at H

eate

r Te

ll Ta

le O

nPS

CM

X

Pass

enge

r W

indo

w P

ositi

onPD

CM

X

PDC

M D

ata

Tran

sfer

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

PDC

M D

iagn

ostic

Rou

tine

Resu

ltsPD

CM

X

PDC

M D

TCs

Cle

ared

PDC

M

X

PDC

M D

TCs

Repo

rtPD

CM

X

PDC

M E

nter

ing

Slee

p M

ode

PDC

MX

XX

XX

XX

X

PDC

M F

reez

e Fr

ame

Dat

aPD

CM

X

PDC

M G

ener

al R

espo

nse

PDC

M

X

PDC

M M

emor

y 1

Reca

lled

PDC

MX

PDC

M M

emor

y 2

Reca

lled

PDC

MX

PDC

M M

emor

y D

ata

PDC

M

X

PDC

M N

ot P

rogr

amm

edPD

CM

X

PDC

M P

ID D

ata

PDC

M

X

PDC

M S

ecur

ity A

cces

s Re

spon

sePD

CM

X

PDC

M W

rite

PID

Res

pons

ePD

CM

X

PHRC

M E

nter

ing

Slee

p m

ode

PHRC

MX

XX

XX

XX

X

Posi

tion

Driv

er W

indo

wSL

CM

X

Posi

tion

Pass

enge

r W

indo

wSL

CM

X

Posi

tion

Rear

Qua

rter

sSL

CM

X

PSC

M D

ata

Tran

sfer

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

PSC

M D

iagn

ostic

Rou

tine

Resu

ltsPS

CM

X

PSC

M D

TCs

Cle

ared

PSC

M

X

PSC

M D

TCs

Repo

rtPS

CM

X

PSC

M E

nter

ing

Slee

p M

ode

PSC

MX

XX

XX

XX

X

PSC

M F

reez

e Fr

ame

Dat

aPS

CM

X

PSC

M G

ener

al R

espo

nse

PSC

M

X

PSC

M M

emor

y D

ata

PSC

M

X

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

SLC

MBPM

ICD

DC

MD

SCM

DH

RC

MPD

CM

PSC

MPH

RC

MW

DS

Page 139: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 vii

SCP Message MatrixPS

CM

Not

Pro

gram

med

PSC

MX

PSC

M P

ID D

ata

PSC

M

X

PSC

M S

ecur

ity A

cces

s Re

spon

sePS

CM

X

PSC

M W

rite

PID

Res

pons

ePS

CM

X

Rear

Bul

b Fa

ilure

SLC

MX

Rear

Bul

bs O

KSL

CM

X

Rear

Fog

Lam

ps O

ffBP

MX

Rear

Fog

Lam

ps O

nBP

MX

Rear

Fog

Lam

ps O

ffSL

CM

X

Rear

Fog

Lam

ps O

nSL

CM

X

Reca

ll M

emor

y 1

DD

CM

XX

XX

Reca

ll M

emor

y 2

DD

CM

XX

XX

Reco

ding

Key

Rin

g M

essa

geSL

CM

X

Reco

ding

Key

Rin

g M

essa

ge O

ffSL

CM

X

Rem

ote

Trun

k Re

leas

eSL

CM

X

Rem

ote

Hea

dlam

p C

onve

nien

ce O

ffSL

CM

X

Rem

ote

Hea

dlam

p C

onve

nien

ce O

nSL

CM

X

Rem

ote

Lock

SLC

MX

Rem

ote

Pani

cSL

CM

X

X

Rem

ote

Supe

r lo

ckSL

CM

X

X

Rem

ote

Unl

ock

SLC

MX

X

X

Requ

est A

ll Ph

oto

Cel

l Dar

k St

atus

IC

X

Requ

est A

3Wip

er M

ode

Stat

us

Requ

est H

ood

Aja

r St

atus

SLC

MX

Requ

est H

ood

Aja

r St

atus

ICX

Requ

est T

runk

Aja

r St

atus

BPM

X

Requ

est T

runk

Aja

r St

atus

ICX

Requ

est B

PM C

lear

DTC

sW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est B

PM D

ata

Link

Sec

urity

Acc

ess

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est B

PM D

ata

Tran

sfer

Exi

tW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est B

PM D

iagn

ostic

Rou

tine

Entr

yW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

SLC

MBPM

ICD

DC

MD

SCM

DH

RC

MPD

CM

PSC

MPH

RC

MW

DS

Page 140: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

viii DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix

SCP Message MatrixRe

ques

t BPM

Dia

gnos

tic R

outin

e Ex

itW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est B

PM D

iagn

ostic

Rou

tine

Resu

ltsW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est B

PM D

TCs

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est B

PM E

nter

Dia

gnos

tic M

ode

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est B

PM F

reez

e Fr

ame

Dat

aW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est B

PM In

put I

nteg

rity

Test

Sta

te E

ntry

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est B

PM M

emor

y D

ata

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est B

PM P

IDW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est B

PM R

etur

n to

Nor

mal

Ope

ratio

nW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est B

PM W

rite

PID

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

ata

Dow

nloa

d to

BPM

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

ata

Dow

nloa

d to

DD

CM

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

ata

Dow

nloa

d to

DSC

MW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

ata

Dow

nloa

d to

PD

CM

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

ata

Dow

nloa

d to

PSC

MW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

ata

Dow

nloa

d to

SLC

MW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

DC

M C

lear

DTC

sW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

DC

M D

ata

Link

Sec

urity

Acc

ess

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

DC

M D

ata

Tran

sfer

Exi

tW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

DC

M D

iagn

ostic

Rou

tine

Entr

yW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

DC

M D

iagn

ostic

Rou

tine

Exit

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

DC

M D

iagn

ostic

Rou

tine

Resu

ltsW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

DC

M D

TCs

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

DC

M E

nter

Dia

gnos

tic M

ode

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

DC

M F

reez

e Fr

ame

Dat

aW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

DC

M In

put I

nteg

rity

Test

Sta

te E

ntry

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

DC

M M

emor

y D

ata

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

DC

M P

IDW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

DC

M R

etur

n to

Nor

mal

Ope

ratio

nW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

DC

M W

rite

PID

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

ip B

eam

Sta

tus

ICX

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

SLC

MBPM

ICD

DC

MD

SCM

DH

RC

MPD

CM

PSC

MPH

RC

MW

DS

Page 141: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 ix

SCP Message MatrixRe

ques

t Driv

er D

oor

Aja

r St

atus

SLC

MX

Requ

est D

river

Doo

r A

jar

Stat

usBP

MX

Requ

est D

river

Doo

r A

jar

Stat

usIC

X

Requ

est D

river

Doo

r A

jar

Stat

usD

HRC

M

X

Requ

est D

river

Doo

r A

jar

Stat

usD

SCM

X

Requ

est D

river

Doo

r Lo

ck S

tatu

sD

DC

MX

Requ

est D

river

Key

Bar

rel S

tatu

sSL

CM

X

Requ

est D

river

Key

Bar

rel S

tatu

sBP

MX

Requ

est D

river

Key

Bar

rel S

tatu

sPD

CM

X

Requ

est D

river

Sea

t Hea

ter

Tell

Tale

Sta

tus

BPM

X

Requ

est D

river

Win

dow

Pos

ition

SLC

MX

Requ

est D

river

Doo

r Sw

itch

pack

Pas

seng

er W

indo

w S

witc

h St

atus

PDC

MX

Requ

est D

SCM

Cle

ar D

TCs

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

SCM

Dat

a Li

nk S

ecur

ity A

cces

sW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

SCM

Dat

a Tr

ansf

er E

xit

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

SCM

Dia

gnos

tic R

outin

e En

try

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

SCM

Dia

gnos

tic R

outin

e Ex

itW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

SCM

Dia

gnos

tic R

outin

e Re

sults

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

SCM

DTC

sW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

SCM

Ent

er D

iagn

ostic

Mod

eW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

SCM

Fre

eze

Fram

e D

ata

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

SCM

Inpu

t Int

egrit

y Te

st S

tate

Ent

ryW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

SCM

Mem

ory

Dat

aW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est D

SCM

PID

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

SCM

Ret

urn

to N

orm

al O

pera

tion

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est D

SCM

Writ

e PI

DW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est H

azar

d St

atus

ICX

Requ

est C

onve

rtib

le T

op L

atch

Sw

itche

s St

atus

SLC

MX

Requ

est I

gniti

on S

tatu

sSL

CM

X

Requ

est I

gniti

on S

tatu

sIC

X

Requ

est I

gniti

on S

tatu

sD

DC

MX

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

SLC

MBPM

ICD

DC

MD

SCM

DH

RC

MPD

CM

PSC

MPH

RC

MW

DS

Page 142: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

x DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix

SCP Message MatrixRe

ques

t Ign

ition

Sta

tus

DH

RCM

X

Requ

est I

gniti

on S

tatu

sD

SCM

X

Requ

est I

gniti

on S

tatu

sPD

CM

X

Requ

est I

gniti

on S

tatu

sPH

RCM

X

Requ

est I

gniti

on S

tatu

sPS

CM

X

Requ

est I

nert

ia S

witc

h St

atus

DD

CM

X

Requ

est I

nert

ia S

witc

h St

atus

PDC

MX

Requ

est I

nter

ior

Ligh

ting

Stat

usIC

X

Requ

est J

-Gat

e St

atus

DSC

MX

Requ

est J

-Gat

e St

atus

PSC

MX

Requ

est K

ey In

Sta

tus

SLC

MX

Requ

est K

ey In

Sta

tus

DD

CM

X

Requ

est K

ey In

Sta

tus

PDC

MX

Requ

est L

eft T

urn

Sign

al S

tatu

sIC

X

Requ

est M

ain

Beam

Sta

tus

ICX

Requ

est P

asse

nger

Doo

r A

jar

Stat

usSL

CM

X

Requ

est P

asse

nger

Doo

r A

jar

Stat

usBP

M

X

Requ

est P

asse

nger

Doo

r A

jar

Stat

usIC

X

Requ

est P

asse

nger

Doo

r A

jar

Stat

usPH

RCM

X

Requ

est P

asse

nger

Doo

r Lo

ck S

tatu

sPD

CM

X

Requ

est P

asse

nger

Key

Bar

rel S

tatu

sSL

CM

X

Requ

est P

asse

nger

Key

Bar

rel S

tatu

sBP

M

X

Requ

est P

asse

nger

Key

Bar

rel S

tatu

sD

DC

M

X

Requ

est P

asse

nger

Sea

t Hea

ter

Tell

Tale

Sta

tus

BPM

X

Requ

est P

asse

nger

Win

dow

Pos

ition

SLC

M

X

Requ

est P

DC

M C

lear

DTC

sW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est P

DC

M D

ata

Link

Sec

urity

Acc

ess

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est P

DC

M D

ata

Tran

sfer

Exi

tW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est P

DC

M D

iagn

ostic

Rou

tine

Entr

yW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est P

DC

M D

iagn

ostic

Rou

tine

Exit

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est P

DC

M D

iagn

ostic

Rou

tine

Resu

ltsW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

SLC

MBPM

ICD

DC

MD

SCM

DH

RC

MPD

CM

PSC

MPH

RC

MW

DS

Page 143: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 xi

SCP Message MatrixRe

ques

t PD

CM

DTC

sW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est P

DC

M E

nter

Dia

gnos

tic M

ode

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est P

DC

M F

reez

e Fr

ame

Dat

aW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est P

DC

M In

put I

nteg

rity

Test

Sta

te E

ntry

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est P

DC

M M

emor

y D

ata

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est P

DC

M P

IDW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est P

DC

M R

etur

n to

Nor

mal

Ope

ratio

nW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est P

DC

M W

rite

PID

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est P

SCM

Cle

ar D

TCs

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est P

SCM

Dat

a Li

nk S

ecur

ity A

cces

sW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est P

SCM

Dat

a Tr

ansf

er E

xit

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est P

SCM

Dia

gnos

tic R

outin

e En

try

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est P

SCM

Dia

gnos

tic R

outin

e Ex

itW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est P

SCM

Dia

gnos

tic R

outin

e Re

sults

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est P

SCM

DTC

sW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est P

SCM

Ent

er D

iagn

ostic

Mod

eW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est P

SCM

Fre

eze

Fram

e D

ata

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est P

SCM

Inpu

t Int

egrit

y Te

st S

tate

Ent

ryW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est P

SCM

Mem

ory

Dat

aW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est P

SCM

PID

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est P

SCM

Ret

urn

to N

orm

al O

pera

tion

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est P

SCM

Writ

e PI

DW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est R

ear

Bulb

Fai

l Sta

tus

ICX

Requ

est R

ear

Fog

Com

man

dSL

CM

X

Requ

est R

ear

Fog

Lam

ps S

tatu

sBP

MX

Requ

est R

emot

e H

eadl

amp

Con

veni

ence

Sta

tus

BPM

X

Requ

est R

ight

Tur

n Si

gnal

Sta

tus

ICX

Requ

est S

eatb

elt C

him

e St

atus

BPM

X

Requ

est S

ecur

ity A

rm S

tatu

sBP

MX

Requ

est S

ecur

ity A

rm S

tatu

sD

DC

MX

Requ

est S

ecur

ity A

rm S

tatu

sPD

CM

X

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

SLC

MBPM

ICD

DC

MD

SCM

DH

RC

MPD

CM

PSC

MPH

RC

MW

DS

Page 144: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

xii DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix

SCP Message MatrixRe

ques

t Sid

e Li

ghts

Sta

tus

ICX

Requ

est S

LCM

Cle

ar D

TCs

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est S

LCM

Dat

a Li

nk S

ecur

ity A

cces

sW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est S

LCM

Dat

a Tr

ansf

er E

xit

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est S

LCM

Dia

gnos

tic R

outin

e En

try

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est S

LCM

Dia

gnos

tic R

outin

e Ex

itW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est S

LCM

Dia

gnos

tic R

outin

e Re

sults

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est S

LCM

DTC

sW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est S

LCM

Ent

er D

iagn

ostic

Mod

eW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est S

LCM

Fre

eze

Fram

e D

ata

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est S

LCM

Inpu

t Int

egrit

y Te

st S

tate

Ent

ryW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est S

LCM

Mem

ory

Dat

aW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est S

LCM

PID

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est S

LCM

Ret

urn

to N

orm

al O

pera

tion

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Requ

est S

LCM

Writ

e PI

DW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Requ

est S

uper

lock

Sta

tus

BPM

X

X

Requ

est V

ehic

le D

rive

Side

DD

CM

X

Requ

est V

ehic

le L

ock

Stat

usSL

CM

X

Requ

est V

ehic

le L

ock

Stat

usBP

MX

Requ

est W

ashe

r Fl

uid

Stat

usIC

X

Requ

est W

inds

cree

n W

iper

Mot

or S

tatu

sIC

X

Reve

rse

Gea

r Se

lect

edIC

XX

X

XX

Righ

t Tur

n Si

gnal

Lam

p O

ffBP

MX

Righ

t Tur

n Si

gnal

Lam

p O

nBP

MX

Righ

t Han

d D

rive

Vehi

cle

BPM

X

X

Save

Mem

ory

1D

DC

MX

XX

X

Save

Mem

ory

2D

DC

MX

XX

X

Seat

belt

Chi

me

Off

DSC

MX

Seat

belt

Chi

me

On

DSC

MX

Seat

belt

Tell

Tale

Off

DSC

MX

Seat

belt

Tell

Tale

On

DSC

MX

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

SLC

MBPM

ICD

DC

MD

SCM

DH

RC

MPD

CM

PSC

MPH

RC

MW

DS

Page 145: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 xiii

SCP Message MatrixSe

curit

y A

rmed

SLC

MX

X

X

Secu

rity

Aud

ible

Indi

catio

nSL

CM

X

Secu

rity

Aud

ible

Indi

catio

nIC

X

Secu

rity

Dis

arm

edSL

CM

XX

X

Side

Lig

hts

Off

BPM

X

Side

Lig

hts

On

BPM

X

SLC

M D

ata

Tran

sfer

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

SLC

M D

iagn

ostic

Rou

tine

Resu

ltsSL

CM

X

SLC

M D

TCs

Cle

ared

SLC

M

X

SLC

M D

TCs

Repo

rtSL

CM

X

SLC

M E

nter

ing

Slee

p M

ode

SLC

MX

XX

XX

XX

X

SLC

M F

reez

e Fr

ame

Dat

aSL

CM

X

SLC

M G

ener

al R

espo

nse

SLC

M

X

SLC

M M

emor

y D

ata

SLC

M

X

SLC

M N

ot P

rogr

amm

edSL

CM

X

SLC

M P

ID D

ata

SLC

M

X

SLC

M S

ecur

ity A

cces

s Re

spon

seSL

CM

X

SLC

M W

rite

PID

Res

pons

eSL

CM

X

Stop

Driv

er M

irror

DD

CM

X

Stop

Fue

l Fill

er F

lap

Ope

nBP

MX

Stop

Glo

bal W

indo

w C

lose

SLC

MX

X

X

Stop

Con

vert

ible

Top

Clo

seBP

MX

Stop

Con

vert

ible

Top

Ope

nBP

MX

Stop

Pas

seng

er M

irror

DD

CM

X

Stop

Pas

seng

er W

indo

w C

lose

DD

CM

X

Stop

Pas

seng

er W

indo

w O

pen

DD

CM

X

Supe

r lo

ck D

river

Doo

rPD

CM

Supe

r lo

ck P

asse

nger

Doo

rD

DC

M

Test

er P

rese

nt to

BPM

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Test

er P

rese

nt to

DD

CM

WD

SX

XX

X

XX

Test

er P

rese

nt to

DSC

MW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

SLC

MBPM

ICD

DC

MD

SCM

DH

RC

MPD

CM

PSC

MPH

RC

MW

DS

Page 146: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

xiv DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix

SCP Message MatrixTe

ster

Pre

sent

to P

DC

MW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Test

er P

rese

nt to

PSC

MW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Test

er P

rese

nt to

SLC

MW

DS

XX

XX

X

X

Unf

old

Mirr

ors

DD

CM

X

X

Unl

ock

Driv

er D

oor

PDC

MX

Unl

ock

Pass

enge

r D

oor

DD

CM

X

Vale

t Mod

e M

essa

geBP

MX

Vale

t Mod

e M

essa

ge O

ffBP

MX

Vale

t Mod

e O

ffBP

MX

Vale

t Mod

e O

nBP

MX

Vehi

cle

Secu

rity

Ack

now

ledg

eIC

X

Vehi

cle

Lock

edD

DC

MX

X

Vehi

cle

Spee

dIC

XX

XX

X

Vehi

cle

Unl

ocke

dD

DC

MX

X

Wak

e-up

(BPM

)BP

M

Wak

e-up

(DD

CM

)D

DC

M

Wak

e-up

(DH

RCM

)D

HRC

M

Wak

e-up

(DSC

M)

DSC

M

Wak

e-up

(IC

)IC

Wak

e-up

(PD

CM

)PD

CM

Wak

e-up

(PH

RCM

)PH

RCM

Wak

e-up

(PSC

M)

PSC

M

Wak

e-up

(SLC

M)

SLC

M

Win

dscr

een

Wip

er M

otor

Sta

tus

BPM

X

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

SLC

MBPM

ICD

DC

MD

SCM

DH

RC

MPD

CM

PSC

MPH

RC

MW

DS

Page 147: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 xv

CAN Message MatrixM

essa

ge N

ame

Sourc

e

Rec

eive

rs

DSC

CM

ECM

TCM

ICA

SCC

MJG

M (IL

L)LS

MW

DS

CA

N F

LASH

PRO

GRA

M W

DS

ECM

W

DS

X

CA

N F

LASH

PRO

GRA

M W

DS

TCM

W

DS

X

CA

N F

LASH

PRO

GRA

M E

CM

WD

S EC

M

X

CA

N F

LASH

PRO

GRA

M T

CM

WD

S TC

M

X

CA

N E

NG

INE

TORQ

UE

REQ

UES

T D

SCC

M

X

CA

N T

EMPO

RARY

TO

RQU

E RE

QU

EST

DSC

CM

X

CA

N E

NG

INE

DRA

G T

ORQ

UE

REQ

UES

T D

SCC

M

X

CA

N B

RAK

E LI

NE

PRES

SURE

D

SCC

M

X

CA

N Y

AW R

ATE

SIG

NA

L D

SCC

M

X

CA

N L

ATER

AL

AC

CEL

ERAT

ION

SIG

NA

L D

SCC

M

X

CA

N S

TEER

ING

WH

EEL

AN

GLE

D

SCC

M

X

X

CA

N S

TEER

ING

WH

EEL

SPEE

DD

SCC

M

X

CA

N IN

DIC

ATED

EN

GIN

E TO

RQU

E EC

MX

X

CA

N E

NG

INE

FRIC

TIO

N T

ORQ

UE

ECM

X

X

CA

N A

CTU

AL

ENG

INE

TORQ

UE

ECM

X

X

CA

N D

RIV

ER D

EMA

ND

TO

RQU

E EC

MX

X

CA

N T

ORQ

UE

RED

UC

TIO

N R

EQU

EST

TCM

X

CA

N T

RAN

SMIS

SIO

N T

ORQ

UE

LIM

IT

TCM

X

CA

N T

ORQ

UE

CO

NV

ERTE

R SL

IP

TCM

XX

CA

N T

RAN

SMIS

SIO

N IN

PUT

SPEE

D

TCM

X

CA

N T

RAN

SMIS

SIO

N O

UTP

UT

SPEE

D

TCM

X

CA

N D

SC C

ON

FIG

URA

TIO

N

DSC

CM

X

X

CA

N V

EHIC

LE R

EFER

ENC

E SP

EED

D

SCC

M

X

CA

N D

SC F

AU

LT C

OD

ES

DSC

CM

X

CA

N O

DO

MET

ER R

OLL

ING

CO

UN

T D

SCC

M

X

CA

N D

SC M

ALF

UN

CTI

ON

D

SCC

M

X

X

CA

N O

BD II

DSC

CLE

AR

AC

KN

OW

LED

GE

DSC

CM

X

CA

N D

SC F

AU

LT C

OD

E M

IL S

TATU

S D

SCC

M

X

CA

N D

SC S

TATU

S D

SCC

M

CA

N T

RAC

TIO

N S

HIF

T M

AP

DSC

CM

X

CA

N D

SC E

NG

INE

TORQ

UE

CO

NTR

OL

DSC

CM

X

X

Page 148: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

xvi DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix

CAN Message MatrixC

AN

DSC

BRA

KE

CO

NTR

OL

DSC

CM

X

X

CA

N Y

AW C

ON

TRO

L D

SCC

M

X

X

CA

N D

SC S

WIT

CH

STA

TUS

DSC

CM

X

XX

X

CA

N T

RAN

S IN

PUT

IND

ICAT

ED T

ORQ

UE

ECM

X

X

CA

N E

NG

INE

AC

CEL

ERAT

ION

EC

MX

CA

N T

HRO

TTLE

PO

SITI

ON

EC

M

X

CA

N P

EDA

L PO

SITI

ON

EC

MX

X

X

CA

N E

NG

INE

SPEE

D

ECM

X

XX

CA

N A

LTER

NAT

OR

STAT

US

ECM

X

CA

N C

RUIS

E ST

ATU

S EC

M

X

X

CA

N K

ICK

DO

WN

EC

M

X

CA

N O

BD II

CLE

AR

FAU

LT C

OD

ES

ECM

X

X

CA

N B

RAK

E PE

DA

L PR

ESSE

D

ECM

X

XX

X

CA

N E

NG

INE

CRA

NK

IN P

ROG

RESS

EC

MX

X

XX

CA

N T

RAC

TIO

N A

CK

NO

WLE

DG

E EC

MX

CA

N F

UEL

CA

P W

ARN

ING

EC

M

X

CA

N A

SC D

ISPL

AY C

OM

MA

ND

S A

SCC

M

X

CA

N H

EAD

WAY

SET

TIN

G

ASC

CM

X

CA

N F

OLL

OW

WA

RNIN

G L

IGH

T A

SCC

M

X

CA

N E

XTRA

CH

IME

ASC

CM

X

CA

N D

ISPL

AY S

ET S

PEED

A

SCC

M

X

CA

N F

OLL

OW

SPE

ED

ASC

CM

X

CA

N B

RAK

E D

EMA

ND

PRE

SSU

RE

ASC

CM

X

CA

N A

SC S

TATU

S A

SCC

MX

X

X

CA

N A

SC C

ON

FIG

URA

TIO

N F

LAG

A

SCC

M

X

CA

N A

CTI

VE

BRA

KE

BOO

STER

EN

ABL

E A

SCC

MX

CA

N A

SC S

PARE

CA

N S

ET S

PEED

EC

M

X

X

CA

N T

ARG

ET S

PEED

EC

M

X

CA

N E

CM

ASC

FA

IL

ECM

X

CA

N H

EAD

WAY

INC

REM

ENT

ECM

X

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

DSC

CM

ECM

TCM

ICA

SCC

MJG

M (IL

L)LS

MW

DS

Page 149: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 xvii

CAN Message MatrixC

AN

CA

NC

EL R

EQU

EST

ECM

X

CA

N B

RAK

E A

CTU

AL

PRES

SURE

D

SCC

M

X

X

CA

N B

RAK

E PR

ESSU

RE D

EMA

ND

AC

KN

OW

LED

GE

DSC

CM

X

CA

N A

CTI

VE

BRA

KE

BOO

STER

STA

TUS

DSC

CM

X

CA

N P

ARK

BRA

KE

STAT

US

IC

XX

CA

N D

IPPE

D B

EAM

STA

TUS

IC

X

CA

N O

IL P

RESS

URE

LO

W

IC

CA

N A

/C E

LEC

TRIC

AL

LOA

D S

TATU

S IC

X

CA

N F

UEL

LEV

EL D

AM

PED

IC

X

CA

N F

UEL

LEV

EL R

AW 1

IC

X

CA

N R

IGH

T TU

RN S

IGN

AL

STAT

US

IC

X

CA

N L

EFT

TURN

SIG

NA

L ST

ATU

SIC

X

CA

N W

IPER

STA

TUS

IC

X

CA

N N

ATU

RAL

LIG

HT

IC

X

CA

N T

RIP

UN

ITS

IC

X

X

CA

N IC

ASC

EN

ABL

E IC

X

X

CA

N A

/C C

LUTC

H R

EQU

EST

IC

X

CA

N B

AC

KLI

GH

T ST

ATU

S IC

X

CA

N B

AC

KLI

GH

T IN

TEN

SITY

IC

X

CA

N J-

GAT

E PO

SITI

ON

SEL

ECTE

D

LSM

X

CA

N IN

TERM

EDIA

TE P

OSI

TIO

N F

AU

LT

LSM

X

CA

N J-

GAT

E FA

ULT

LS

M

X

X

CA

N P

ERFO

RMA

NC

E M

OD

E SW

ITC

H

LSM

X

CA

N G

EAR

POSI

TIO

N A

CTU

AL

TCM

XX

CA

N G

EAR

POSI

TIO

N S

ELEC

TED

TC

M

X

X

X

CA

N T

RAN

SMIS

SIO

N S

HIF

T M

AP

TCM

X

CA

N T

RAN

SMIS

SIO

N O

IL T

EMPE

RATU

RE

TCM

X

X

CA

N T

RAN

SMIS

SIO

N M

ALF

UN

CTI

ON

TC

M

X

X

CA

N T

CM

CO

NFI

GU

RATI

ON

FLA

G

TCM

X

CA

N T

ORQ

UE

CO

NV

ERTE

R ST

ATU

S TC

M

X

CA

N G

EAR

SELE

CTI

ON

FA

ULT

TC

M

X

X

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

DSC

CM

ECM

TCM

ICA

SCC

MJG

M (IL

L)LS

MW

DS

Page 150: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

xviii DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002

Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix

CAN Message MatrixC

AN

IDLE

NEU

TRA

L C

ON

TRO

L TC

M

X

CA

N P

ERFO

RMA

NC

E M

OD

E IN

DIC

ATIO

N

TCM

X

CA

N T

CM

FA

ULT

CO

DE

MIL

STA

TUS

TCM

X

CA

N O

BD II

TC

M C

LEA

R A

CK

NO

WLE

DG

E TC

M

X

CA

N T

RAN

SMIS

SIO

N F

AU

LT C

OD

ES

TCM

X

CA

N G

EAR

POSI

TIO

N T

ARG

ET

TCM

XX

CA

N J-

GAT

E SE

LEC

TIO

N F

AU

LT

TCM

X

X

CA

N T

ORQ

UE

CO

NV

ERTE

R M

ULT

IPLI

CAT

ION

TC

MX

CA

N A

/C P

RESS

URE

TRA

NSD

UC

ER

ECM

X

CA

N A

/C L

OA

D IN

HIB

IT

ECM

X

CA

N F

UEL

USE

D

ECM

X

CA

N E

NG

INE

OBD

II M

IL

ECM

X

CA

N T

HRO

TTLE

MA

LFU

NC

TIO

N R

ED

ECM

X

CA

N T

HRO

TTLE

MA

LFU

NC

TIO

N A

MBE

REC

M

X

CA

N E

CM

FA

ULT

CO

DE

MIL

STA

TUS

ECM

X

CA

N E

CM

CO

NFI

GU

RATI

ON

FLA

G

ECM

X

CA

N E

NG

INE

FAU

LT C

OD

ES

ECM

CA

N E

NG

INE

CO

OLA

NT

TEM

PERA

TURE

EC

M

X

X

CA

N E

NG

INE

OIL

TEM

PERA

TURE

EC

M

X

CA

N B

ARO

MET

RIC

PRE

SSU

RE

ECM

X

CA

N L

H F

RON

T W

HEE

L SP

EED

D

SCC

M

XX

X

CA

N R

H F

RON

T W

HEE

L SP

EED

D

SCC

M

XX

X

CA

N L

H R

EAR

WH

EEL

SPEE

D

DSC

CM

X

XX

X

CA

N R

H R

EAR

WH

EEL

SPEE

D

DSC

CM

X

XX

X

CA

N O

DO

MET

ER R

EAD

ING

IC

X

X

CA

N E

MS

SET

SPEE

D

ECM

X

CA

N A

DA

PTIV

E SP

EED

LIM

IT D

ISPL

AY C

OM

MA

ND

S EC

M

X

CA

N A

DA

PTIV

E SP

EED

LIM

IT S

TATU

S EC

M

X

CA

N S

PEED

CO

NTR

OL

DIS

PLAY

CO

MM

AN

DS

ECM

X

CA

N P

OW

ERTR

AIN

CO

NFI

GU

RATI

ON

EC

MX

X

CA

N D

IAG

NO

STIC

DAT

A IN

EC

M

WD

S

X

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

DSC

CM

ECM

TCM

ICA

SCC

MJG

M (IL

L)LS

MW

DS

Page 151: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the

Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 xix

CAN Message MatrixC

AN

DIA

GN

OST

IC D

ATA

IN T

CM

W

DS

X

CA

N D

IAG

NO

STIC

DAT

A IN

IC

WD

S

X

CA

N D

IAG

NO

STIC

DAT

A IN

DSC

W

DS

X

CA

N D

IAG

NO

STIC

DAT

A O

UT

ECM

EC

M

X

CA

N D

IAG

NO

STIC

DAT

A O

UT

TCM

TC

M

X

CA

N D

IAG

NO

STIC

DAT

A O

UT

IC

IC

X

CA

N D

IAG

NO

STIC

DAT

A O

UT

DSC

D

SCC

M

X

Mes

sage

Nam

eSo

urc

e

Rec

eive

rs

DSC

CM

ECM

TCM

ICA

SCC

MJG

M (IL

L)LS

MW

DS

Page 152: X103 03/E COVER P - JagRepair.comjagrepair.com/images/AutoRepairPhotos/jagxk2003.pdf · The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informat ion for and about the